FORM 10-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1996
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 1-7234
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 13-1926739
(State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 826-8500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value American Stock Exchange, Inc.
Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports require
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. /X/
As of March 3, 1997, the aggregate market value of the outstanding shares of the
Registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, held by non-affiliates
(assuming for this calculation only that all officers and directors are
affiliates) was approximately $74,721,587 based on the closing price of the
Common Stock on the American Stock Exchange on March 3, 1997. None of the Class
B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share, was held by non-affiliates.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of
common stock, as of the most recent practicable date.
Class Outstanding at March 3, 1997
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share 10,613,342 shares
Class B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share 62,500 shares
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 1997 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
Item 1. Business
(a) General Development of Business ...... 1
(b) Financial Information About
Industry Segments ...... 1
(c) Narrative Description of Business ...... 1
(d) Financial Information About Foreign
and Domestic Operations and Export
Sales ...... 18
Item 2. Properties ...... 18
Item 3. Legal Proceedings ...... 19
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of
Security Holders ...... 20
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common
Equity and Related Stockholder Matters ...... 20
Item 6. Selected Financial Data ...... 21
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations... 22
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...... 30
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...... 79
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers
of the Registrant ...... 79
Item 11. Executive Compensation ...... 79
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management ...... 79
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions ...... 79
PART IV
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
and Reports on Form 8-K 80
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
(a) General Development of Business
The Company is primarily a holding company, which is a legal entity
separate and distinct from its various operating subsidiaries. The Company and
its operating subsidiaries (i) provide engineering, environmental, training,
analytical and technical support services to Fortune 500 companies, commercial
nuclear and fossil power utilities, the United States Departments of Defense and
Energy and other commercial and governmental customers, (ii) are engaged in the
wholesale distribution of home decorating, hardware and finishing products,
(iii) manufacture molded and coated optical products (such as shields and face
masks and non-optical plastic products) and (iv) manufacture medical devices,
drugs and cosmetic polymer products. The Company also has investments in (i) an
environmental technology and services firm, (ii) a biopharmaceutical company and
(iii) a global provider of software. In addition, the Company owns approximately
54% of the common stock of a company that provides consulting services to
Western companies doing business in Russia and Eastern Europe.
(b) Financial Information About Industry Segments
Certain financial information about business segments (classes of
similar products or services) is included in Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
(c) Narrative Description of Business
PHYSICAL SCIENCE GROUP
GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION
Organization and Operations
General Physics was incorporated in 1966 to provide technical
consulting services in the field of nuclear science and engineering to nuclear
power companies and government agencies. General Physics expanded its operations
in the late 1960's to provide, among other things, training and technical
support services to the commercial nuclear power industry. General Physics
expanded its markets even further in the late 1980's to provide training and
technical support services to United States Government nuclear weapons
production and waste processing facilities, and environmental services to
governmental and commercial clients.
In January 1994, General Physics acquired substantially all of the
operating businesses of Cygna Energy Services ("CES"), other than its
non-nuclear seismic engineering business. The acquired businesses provide design
engineering, seismic engineering, systems engineering, materials management and
safety analysis services to the commercial nuclear power industry and to the
DOE.
On August 31, 1994, General Physics acquired substantially all of the
assets and operations of GPS Technologies, Inc. ("GPST") and certain of its
subsidiaries (together, the "GPST Businesses") for approximately $32.5 million,
consisting of $10 million cash, 3,500,000 shares of GPC Common Stock, warrants
to acquire up to 1,000,000 shares of GPC Common Stock at $6.00 per share,
warrants to acquire up to 475,664 shares of GPC Common Stock at $7.00 per share,
and 6% ten-year senior subordinated debentures in the aggregate principal amount
of $15 million. The senior subordinated debentures require payment of interest
only on a quarterly basis for the first five years, quarterly installments of
$525,000 principal plus interest for the next five years and the balance of $4.5
million at maturity. The fair value of the senior subordinated debentures was
estimated to be $10.7 million at the date of the acquisition. The GPST
Businesses provide a wide range of management and technical training, as well as
specialized engineering consulting services, to various commercial industries
and the United States Government.
The Company, which owned approximately 92% of GPST and 28% of General
Physics prior to the transaction, owned approximately 54% of the outstanding
shares of General Physics after the acquisition. Accordingly, the acquisition
was accounted for as a reverse acquisition, whereby the GPST Businesses were
deemed to have acquired General Physics in a transaction accounted for as a
purchase.
On January 23, 1997 stockholders of each of the Company and General
Physics voted to approve the merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company
with General Physics pursuant to which General Physics became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company (the "Merger"). The Merger was completed on January
24, 1997. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, holders of General Physics
Common Stock received .60 shares of the Company's Common Stock for each share of
General Physics common stock.
General Physics and its subsidiaries provide training, engineering,
environmental, analytical and technical support services to Fortune 500
companies, the commercial nuclear and fossil power industries, the DOD and DOE,
and other commercial and governmental customers. General Physics is organized
into three groups: Commercial Training and Technical Services, Engineering and
Applied Sciences, and Government Training and Technical Services. General
Physics' performance is significantly affected by the timing of performance on
contracts. Results of operations are not seasonal, since contracts are performed
throughout the year.
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the approximate revenue attributable to
the categories of services provided by General Physics for the year ended
December 31, 1996:
Year Ended December 31, 1996
in thousands
Commercial Training and Technical Services........
$ 55,101
Engineering and Applied Sciences.................. 29,162
Government Training and Technical Services ....... 32,920
------
Total Revenues $117,183
========
In 1996, General Physics had increased sales of $9,634,000 which was
primarily attributable to increases within the Commercial Training and Technical
Services Group. However, the increase was partially offset by the net effect of
marginally reduced sales within the Government Training and Technical Services
Group and marginally increased sales within its Engineering and Applied Sciences
Group.
In March 1996, the DOD awarded Westinghouse Electric Corporation
("Westinghouse") a nine-year, $575 million contract to destroy chemical weapons
at the Anniston Army Depot. General Physics is a subcontractor to Westinghouse,
responsible for training and operations engineering. The anticipated revenues of
the subcontract to General Physics is estimated to be approximately $16 million.
In September 1996, General Physics was awarded a renewal of its
contract to operate the U.S. Army's Chemical Demilitarization Training Facility
and provide training services to the Army's chemical weapon demilitarization
program nationwide. The anticipated revenues of the contract over its initial
five-year term and three-year option period, if the option is exercised, are
estimated to be approximately $45,000,000.
In December 1996, General Physics received a repeat award of its
contract to provide environmental engineering support services at Aberdeen
Proving Ground. The contract is one of two awarded to successful contractors who
will competitively bid for work to be awarded in the future under separate
delivery orders. Although the maximum award value of the contract over its five
year term is approximately $100,000,000, the actual sales value of the contract
will depend upon the value of the individual delivery orders awarded to General
Physics.
In March 1997, General Physics was awarded a contract by the U.S.
Navy's Fleet and Industrial Supply Center Norfolk, Detachment Washington, to
provide naval aviation training development and support services for Naval Air
Systems Command. The anticipated revenues of the contract over its initial
one-year term and four option years, if all option years are exercised, are
estimated to be approximately $32,000,000.
While General Physics continues to provide services to the DOE and the
commercial nuclear power industry, it is unsure what effect continued cutbacks
will have on its future results. In response to these factors, General Physics
has focused its marketing resources on expanding management and technical
training services to manufacturing and process industries, and specialized
engineering services to federal agencies and process industries. In 1995 and in
1996, General Physics experienced growth in these areas and anticipates future
growth to come from these areas.
Customers
General Physics currently provides services to more than 475 customers.
Significant customers include major automotive manufacturers, commercial nuclear
utilities, the Department of the Navy, the Department of the Air Force, the
Department of the Army, major defense and DOE contractors, and other United
States Government agencies. Revenue from the United States Government accounted
for approximately 48% of the revenue for the year ended December 31, 1996.
However, such revenue was derived from many separate contracts and subcontracts
with a variety of Government agencies and contractors that are regarded by
General Physics as separate customers. In 1996, except for General Motors
Corporation, which accounted for approximately 12% of General Physics revenue,
no other customer accounted for more than 10% of General Physics' revenue.
Commercial Training and Technical Services Group
The Commercial Training and Technical Services Group focuses on
training and human performance improvement needs of Fortune 500 and other
commercial companies. The Group provides workforce training and other related
services to customers in the industrial and manufacturing market sectors. This
Group analyzes the human, organizational and technical issues confronting its
customers and recommends programs to improve performance.
Fortune 500 and Other Commercial Customers
Fortune 500 and other commercial customers represent a wide range of
industries with diverse technical and geographic needs. These industries include
automotive, utility, forest products, steel, food and beverage, pharmaceutical
and others.
General Physics anticipates that the need for its services with Fortune
500 and other commercial customers will continue to grow. However, there can be
no assurance that such need will continue to grow or that such companies will
select General Physics over its competitors to provide such services.
Automotive Services
General Physics is a full-service training provider for the automotive
industry. Since 1987, General Physics has participated in a strategic business
partnership with the General Motors ("GM") Corporate Organization and Employee
Development Staff. Each year several thousand GM employees attend courses
conducted by General Physics. Additionally, training and consulting services are
provided on a project basis to many divisions of GM, including GM Overseas
Corporation, Beijing office. General Physics also provides training and
consulting services to Chrysler Corporation and Ford Motor Company as well as
many of the automotive supplier companies.
Industrial Training Services
General Physics develops and provides customized training programs to
the forest products, food and beverage, and petrochemical industries. These
services focus on continuous improvement in the maintenance and operations
aspects of plants and facilities. General Physics supports several customers by
providing complete process line or facility start-up services. Process Safety
Management training and technical services are also provided by General Physics.
Customers include Georgia Pacific Corp., Anheuser-Busch, Inc., Mobil Oil Company
and Aramco Services Company.
Manufacturing Services
General Physics offers training and technical services to manufacturing
concerns. General Physics frequently supports the introduction of new work
practices associated with lean manufacturing, self-directed work teams and
engineering. General Physics' combination of technical skills and work practices
training helps meet the needs of a diverse customer base, including Ford
Electronics, USX Corporation, Inland Steel, and Bell and Howell - Postal
Systems, Inc.
Utility Services
General Physics furnishes a wide variety of training, engineering,
technical and management support services to the commercial nuclear power
industry, specializing in services which improve plant operation and maintenance
and ultimately increase plant availability. General Physics has provided
services at one time or another to virtually all of the 110 licensed commercial
nuclear power plants in the United States. Services provided include development
of training programs and materials; conduct of training, development and upgrade
of operations and maintenance procedures; development and implementation of
Reliability-Centered Maintenance programs; spare parts management and
procurement assistance; plant configuration management; control room human
factors engineering; training simulator maintenance and modification; staff
augmentation; and emergency preparedness program assistance. Major customers
include Public Service Electric & Gas Company, Entergy Operations, Inc. and
Nebraska Public Power District.
General Physics also provides services designed to improve the
operations of conventional utility power plants, gas turbine combined cycle and
cogeneration plants, waste-to-energy plants, and industrial facilities. These
services include plant operations and maintenance documentation, simulator
training programs, plant startup engineering, maintenance management systems,
and plant operations and maintenance training. Major customers include Baltimore
Gas and Electric Company ("BG&E"), Entergy Operations, Inc. and Alabama Electric
Coop.
General Physics provides training services to the power systems
operations centers of commercial utilities and related utility power pools,
including training system operators responsible for the buying, selling and
overall flow of bulk electric power throughout the United States. Major
customers include Consolidated Edison Company, Nevada Power, BG&E and the
Electric Power Research Institute.
International Operations
General Physics maintains international operations in Kuala Lumpur,
Beijing, Mexico City and London offering substantially the same services as are
offered in the United States. Customers include electric utilities, independent
power producers, automobile manufacturers and parts suppliers, pulp and paper
companies, steel manufacturers and major petroleum refiners.
Engineering and Applied Sciences Group
The Engineering and Applied Sciences Group provides engineering
services to the Government, utilities and the petrochemical industry.
Multi-discipline capabilities include environmental, mechanical, structural,
chemical, electrical and systems engineering, augmented with nondestructive
examination, industrial chemistry, and computer-aided design/drafting technical
services. Specialized engineering expertise is recognized nationally in areas of
mechanical integrity programs and electric power generation.
The Group's engineering and technical services are designed to provide
regulatory compliance and to improve performance through increases in
efficiency, reliability and availability of plants and facilities. Services
provided specialize in establishing programs and techniques that 1) improve the
operational performance of components and systems, 2) reduce the probability of
component failure, and 3) address the consequences of component failure to the
system, personnel, and the environment. Components include pressure vessels,
above-ground and underground tanks, boilers, piping systems, rotating equipment
and associated instrumentation and controls. This Group also provides a full
service environmental analytical laboratory, with certified specialization in
soils, water, and military ordinance analysis and testing.
<PAGE>
Engineering Design, Analysis and Inspection Services
General Physics provides mechanical, facility, civil/structural,
welding and electrical engineering design services for existing and new systems
and equipment with specialization in pressure systems technology. Customers
include the DOE, Phillips Laboratory at Edwards AFB, Arnold Engineering
Development Center, AeroJet General Corp., the NASA Lewis Research Center,
commercial research facilities and chemical and petroleum manufacturers. General
Physics has also implemented comprehensive Process Safety Management (PSM)
programs, including assessment of mechanical integrity of critical components,
maintenance management, procedures development and management of change.
Systems Engineering
General Physics provides expert and support personnel to The Johns
Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory in the areas of systems
engineering and computer science, focusing on the design, testing and evaluation
of new and modified Navy combat systems. These services include a wide range of
computer support capabilities, including computer analysts, programmers,
computer scientists, data reduction specialists, and computer operators.
Plant Performance Improvement Services
General Physics provides computer systems, engineering, chemistry and
technical training services to improve the efficiency, reliability and
availability of power plants for the utility and independent power generation
industry. Senior staff of this Group are routinely employed as expert witnesses
in the area of power plant engineering and operations.
Systems Engineering and Licensing
General Physics provides a variety of engineering services to
commercial nuclear plants, including design engineering, service engineering,
systems engineering, licensing and safety analysis.
Environmental Services
General Physics provides environmental engineering, training and
technical support services to United States Government agencies, including the
DOD, the DOE, and the United States Postal Service, state and local governments,
and commercial customers, including several of the largest domestic industrial
companies. A majority of the environmental services revenue is derived from
contracts to provide environmental engineering and other services to the DOD at
its Aberdeen Proving Ground.
General Physics provides environmental engineering services to support
client efforts to obtain air, water and waste permits and to determine if their
sites and facilities are in compliance with current federal, state and local
regulations; and to develop and manage site environmental remediation plans,
such as hazardous waste minimization programs, treatment plans for specific
contaminants, air emission control, erosion control, storm water management,
waste reduction and underground storage tank management. However, General
Physics subcontracts most remediation construction activities, and in all cases
subcontracts the removal and off-site disposal and treatment of hazardous
substances.
General Physics also furnishes various training and technical support
services to assist clients with environmental regulatory compliance and
voluntary initiatives including Environmental Management Systems programs
meeting the International Organization of Standards, ISO-14000. Support services
range from industrial hygiene services and risk assessment, to performance
improvement and training.
General Physics, through GP Environmental Services, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary, operates an environmental laboratory serving industrial
and governmental customers primarily in the mid-Atlantic region. The laboratory
performs analytical laboratory services, focusing on soils, water and biological
tissue samples, using automated instrumentation and analytical facilities and a
network combining all computer automated equipment and reporting systems.
Government Training and Technical Services Group
The Government Training and Technical Services Group includes General
Physics Federal Systems, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of General Physics. The
Group provides services in four defined market sectors: Navy, Army, Department
of Energy and Other Government. The Navy market sector represents nearly
two-thirds of the Group's operating revenues, while the Department of Energy,
Army and Other Government sectors are approximately equally represented in the
remaining one-third of operating revenues.
General Physics provides a wide range of services to its government
clients. These services fall into four "core competencies": training material
development and delivery using the Instructional System Development (ISD) model,
configuration management and the full range of Integrated Logistics Support
(ILS) disciplines, Information Technology (IT) services, and multimedia
development. Within each of these four areas, the Group has met rigorous
qualification and certification requirements mandated by government agencies.
Major Naval command customers include NAVSEA, Naval Undersea Warfare
Center, and Naval Surface Warfare Center. Additionally, this Group provides
services to other agencies of the Federal Government, including the Department
of the Army, Department of Energy, Defense Finance Accounting Service ("DFAS"),
Department of Treasury, and Department of Justice.
<PAGE>
Applied Technology and Undersea Warfare
General Physics provides engineering services to United States
Navy-related activities, particularly the Naval Undersea Warfare Center, which
is headquartered in Newport, Rhode Island, with detachments throughout the
United States. General Physics has considerable computerized Information Systems
Management expertise and is noted for its Bar Coded Inventory Management, Local
Area Network and Wide Area Network design and administration capabilities.
Systems Command Services
General Physics specializes in providing program and financial
management services for DOD commands in support of major weapon systems
acquisitions, including providing the United States Navy with training/trainer
products and services, including Submarine Operational Readiness Assessment and
Training. General Physics also maintains full-service broadcast quality video
production and computer-generated animation facilities and has developed more
than 500 instructional hours of computer-based training, linear videotape and
interactive videodisc/CDROM productions.
Government Services
General Physics provides financial, specialty software and office
automation training through contracts with EDS. The training is customer
tailored for specific end-users, including the Department of Defense-DFAS and
the Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Service. General
Physics provides aviation anti-submarine warfare aircrew training. With
personnel located throughout the United States, General Physics developed the
Deployable Acoustic Readiness Training System ("DARTS"), consisting of a
multi-track tape reproducer and accompanying exercise manuals that can be used
in any aircraft location. In addition to DARTS, General Physics provides
specialized anti-submarine warfare technical services and training, including
development of computer-based training used at the Naval Aviation Warfare
Operator Training School.
U.S. Army Services
General Physics operates the training center in Edgewood, Maryland
supporting the United States Army's chemical weapons demilitarization program.
General Physics provides training for personnel who will operate and maintain
demilitarization plants at seven locations across the country. General Physics
has trained chemical demilitarization specialists from Russia as part of an
effort to introduce U.S. technology and approaches for Russian chemical
munitions demilitarization programs. In addition, General Physics is a
subcontractor to Westinghouse at the Anniston Army Depot, with responsibility
for training and operations engineering in support of Westinghouse's contract to
destroy chemical weapons.
DOE Services
At the DOE's Savannah River site, General Physics provides professional
services in such areas as training program design, development and accreditation
assistance, technical support and quality assurance and various other operations
support services. General Physics also has technical services contracts at many
of the DOE's research laboratories, including Princeton Plasma Physics
Laboratory and Brookhaven National Laboratory.
Contracts
General Physics is currently performing under approximately 900
contracts, providing charges on a time-and-materials, a fixed-price or a cost
reimbursable basis. General Physics' subcontracts with the United States
Government have predominantly been cost reimbursable contracts and fixed-price
contracts. General Physics is required to comply with the Federal Acquisition
Regulations and the Government Cost Accounting Standards with respect to
services provided to the United States Government and agencies thereof. These
Regulations and Standards govern the procurement of goods and services by the
United States Government and the nature of costs that can be charged with
respect to such goods and services. All such contracts are subject to audit by a
designated government audit agency, which in most cases is the Defense Contract
Audit Agency (the "DCAA"). The DCAA has audited General Physics' contracts
through 1994 without any material disallowances.
The following table illustrates the percentage of total revenue
attributable to each type of contract for the year ended December 31, 1996:
Year ended December 31, 1996
Time and Materials............................. 36%
Fixed-Price................................... 44
Cost Reimbursable.............................. 20
Total Revenue............................ 100%
====
General Physics' time-and-materials contracts generally provide for
billing of services based upon the hourly labor rates of the employees
performing the services and the actual expenses incurred, each multiplied by a
specified mark-up factor, up to a certain aggregate dollar amount. General
Physics' time-and-materials contracts include certain contracts under which
General Physics has agreed to provide training, engineering and technical
services at fixed hourly rates (subject to adjustment for labor costs).
Time-and-materials contracts generally permit the client to control the amount,
type and timing of the services to be performed by General Physics and to
terminate the contract on written notice. If a contract is terminated, General
Physics typically is paid for the services provided by it through the date of
termination. While General Physics' clients often modify the nature and timing
of services to be performed, no significant terminations of General Physics'
time-and-materials contracts have occurred.
General Physics' fixed-price contracts provide for General Physics to
perform specified services for a fixed price. General Physics bears the risk
that increased or unexpected costs required to perform the specified services
may reduce General Physics' profit or cause General Physics to sustain a loss,
but General Physics has the opportunity to derive increased profit if the costs
required to perform the specified services are less than expected. Fixed-price
contracts generally permit the client to terminate the contract on written
notice; in the event of such termination, General Physics would typically, at a
minimum, be paid a proportionate amount of the fixed price. No significant
terminations of General Physics' fixed-price contracts have occurred over the
last three years.
General Physics' cost reimbursable contracts provide for General
Physics to be reimbursed for its actual costs plus a specified fee. These
contracts also are generally subject to termination at the convenience of the
client. If a contract is terminated, General Physics typically would be
reimbursed for its costs to the date of termination, plus the cost of an orderly
termination, and paid a proportionate amount of the fee. No significant
terminations of General Physics' cost reimbursable contracts have occurred.
Competition
The principal competitive factors in General Physics' markets are the
experience and capability of technical personnel, performance, reputation and
price. Services such as those provided by General Physics' Commercial Training
and Technical Services Group and by its Engineering and Applied Sciences Group
are performed by many of the customers themselves, architectural and engineering
firms that design and construct power plants, major suppliers of equipment and
independent service companies such as General Physics. A significant factor
determining the business available to General Physics and its competitors is the
ability of customers to use their own personnel to perform services provided by
General Physics and its competitors. Competition has increased as architectural
and engineering firms have devoted additional efforts to these areas as their
work in other areas has diminished. Another factor affecting the competitive
environment is the existence of small, specialty companies located at or near
particular customer facilities and dedicated solely to servicing the technical
needs of those particular facilities.
Competition in the industries served by the Government Training and
Technical Services Group is strong and comes from large defense contractors and
other service corporations, many of which have significantly greater resources
than General Physics, as well as from small and disadvantaged businesses, which
receive certain preferential treatment in the awarding of government contracts.
Competition in the environmental services industry is intense and comes
from large corporations, such as architect-engineering firms, that have expanded
their businesses to include environmental services, specialized service firms
that work exclusively in the environmental arena, other analytical laboratories
and professional service firms such as General Physics. The competition in the
analytical services business is very intense, and the principal determining
factor is price. Most of the competitors are larger companies with multiple
facilities which have greater flexibility in capacity and pricing.
Personnel
General Physics' principal resource is its technical personnel. General
Physics' future success will depend to a significant degree upon its continued
ability to hire, train, integrate into its operations and retain professionals.
General Physics competes for new professionals with clients, as well as with its
other competitors. As of March 1, 1997, General Physics employed approximately
1,350 persons. Many of General Physics' employees perform multiple functions
depending upon changes in the mix of demand for the services provided by General
Physics.
General Physics' personnel have backgrounds in mechanical, electrical,
chemical, civil, nuclear and human factors engineering; in technical education
and training; in power plant design, operation and maintenance; in United States
Navy weapons systems design, operation and maintenance; and in toxicology,
industrial hygiene, health physics, chemistry, microbiology, ecology and
mathematical modeling.
The United States Navy, the United States Army, the DOE and various
other United States Government agencies generally require that contractor
employees have appropriate security clearances. Thus, recruiting and retaining
employees having appropriate security clearance to work at government facilities
is important to the continued growth of General Physics.
None of General Physics' employees is represented by a labor union.
General Physics generally has not entered into employment agreements with its
employees, but previously has entered into employment agreements with certain
officers and other employees. General Physics believes its relations with its
employees are good.
Marketing
General Physics markets its services to customers primarily through its
technical personnel, using senior management to aid in the planning of marketing
strategies and evaluating current and long-term marketing opportunities and
business directions. General Physics also has other employees dedicated solely
to marketing efforts. Corporate level marketing is directed at long-term
strategic business development with specific customers and with international
business. General Physics has 40 offices and 52 sites, located in 30 states and
offices in Kuala Lumpur, Beijing, Mexico City and London, from which it markets
its services. Courses and workshops given by General Physics personnel to the
public from time to time serve an important marketing function. General Physics
also sends a variety of sales literature to current and prospective clients
whose names are maintained in a computerized database which is updated
periodically.
The goal of General Physics' marketing process is to obtain awards of
new contracts and expansion of existing contracts. By staying in contact with
clients and looking for opportunities to provide further services, General
Physics sometimes obtains contract awards or extensions without having to
undergo competitive bidding. In other cases, clients request General Physics to
bid competitively. In both cases, General Physics submits formal proposals to
the client for evaluation. The period between submission of a proposal to final
award can range from 30 days or less (generally for non-competitive, short-term
contracts), to a year or more (generally for large, competitive multi-year
contracts with governmental clients).
Backlog
The following table sets forth the appropriate amounts of General
Physics' backlog for services under signed contracts and subcontracts as of
December 31, 1996, with information for each of General Physics' three business
groups:
Year ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands)
Commercial Training and Technical Services...... $27,632
Engineering and Applied Sciences...... 23,931
Government Training and Technical Services...... 15,728
--------
Total Backlog............................ $67,291
=======
General Physics anticipates that most of its backlog as of December 31, 1996
will be recognized as revenue during fiscal year 1997; however, the rate at
which services are performed under certain contracts, and thus the rate at which
backlog will be recognized, is at the discretion of the client, and most
contracts are, as mentioned above, subject to termination by the client upon
written notice.
Insurance
By providing services to the commercial electric power industry and to
the United States Armed Forces, General Physics is engaged in industries in
which there are substantial risks of potential liability. As of January 1, 1996,
General Physics' insurance was combined with National Patent's insurance in a
consolidated insurance program (including general liability coverage). However,
certain liabilities associated with General Physics' business are not covered by
these insurance policies. In addition, such liabilities may not be covered by
Federal legislation providing a liability protection system for licensees of the
NRC (typically utilities) for certain damages caused by nuclear incidents, since
General Physics is not such a licensee. Finally, few of General Physics'
contracts with clients contain a waiver or limitation of liability. Thus, to the
extent a risk is neither insured or indemnified against nor limited by an
enforceable waiver or limitation of liability, General Physics could be
materially adversely affected by a nuclear incident. Certain other environmental
risks, such as liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, as amended (Superfund), also may not be covered
by General Physics' insurance.
Environmental Statutes and Regulations
General Physics provides environmental engineering services to its
clients, including the development and management of site environmental
remediation plans. Due to the increasingly strict requirements imposed by
Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations (including, without
limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, Superfund, the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act),
General Physics' opportunities to provide such services may increase.
General Physics' activities in connection with providing environmental
engineering services may also subject General Physics itself to such Federal,
state and local environmental laws and regulations. Although General Physics
subcontracts most remediation construction activities and all removal and
offsite disposal and treatment of hazardous substances, General Physics could
still be held liable for clean-up or violations of such laws as an "operator" or
otherwise under such Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations
with respect to a site where it has provided environmental engineering and
support services. General Physics believes, however, that it is in compliance in
all material respects with such environmental laws and regulations.
Properties
General Physics' principal executive offices are located at 6700
Alexander Bell Drive, Suite 400, Columbia, Maryland 21046, and its telephone
number is (410) 290-2300. General Physics leases approximately 31,650 square
feet of an office building at that address, approximately 208,350 square feet of
office space at various other locations throughout the United States, and in
China, Great Britain, Mexico and Malaysia. General Physics believes that its
facilities are adequate to carry on its business as currently conducted.
Legal Proceedings
On September 27, 1996, General Physics, all of the directors of General
Physics and the Company were named as defendants in a complaint filed in the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, styled
Dunlop v. Pollak, et al., Civil Action No. 15237-NC. Certain directors of the
Company were also named as defendants in the complaint. The plaintiff and the
defendants have reached an agreement in principle to settle this litigation. See
"The Company - Legal Proceedings".
DISTRIBUTION GROUP
FIVE STAR GROUP, INC.
The Distribution Group, incorporated under the name Five Star Group,
Inc. ("Five Star"), is engaged in the wholesale distribution of home decorating,
hardware and finishing products. Five Star has two strategically located
warehouses and office locations, with approximately 360,000 square feet of space
in New Jersey and Connecticut, which enables Five Star to service the market
from Maine to Virginia.
Five Star is the largest distributor in the U.S. of paint sundry items,
interior and exterior stains, brushes, rollers and caulking compounds and offers
products from leading manufacturers such as Cabot, Dap, 3-M, Minwax and
Rustoleum. Five Star distributes its products to retail dealers which include
discount chains, lumber yards, "do-it-yourself" centers, hardware stores and
paint suppliers principally in the northeast region. It carries an extensive
inventory of the products it distributes and provides delivery generally within
24 to 72 hours from the placement of an order.
The primary working capital investment for Five Star is inventory.
Inventory levels will vary throughout the year reflecting the seasonal nature of
the business. Five Star's strongest sales are typically in March through October
because of strong seasonal consumer demand for its products. As a result,
inventory levels tend to peak in the spring and reach their lowest levels in
late fall.
The largest customer accounted for approximately 10% of Five Star's
sales in 1996 and its 10 largest customers accounted for approximately 18% of
such sales. No other customer accounted for in excess of 10% of Five Star's
sales in 1996. All such customers are unaffiliated companies and neither Five
Star nor the Company has a long-term contractual relationship with any of them.
Competition within the industry is intense. There are much larger
national companies commonly associated with national franchises such as
Servistar and True Value as well as smaller regional distributors, all of whom
offer similar products and services. Additionally, in some instances
manufacturers will bypass the distributor and choose to sell and ship their
products directly to the retail outlet. The principal means of competition for
Five Star are its strategically placed distribution centers and its extensive
inventory of quality name brand products. Five Star will continue to focus its
efforts on supplying its products to its customers at a competitive price and on
a timely, and consistent basis. In the future, Five Star will attempt to acquire
complementary distributors and to expand the distribution of its line of
private-label products sold under the "Five Star" name. OPTICAL PLASTICS GROUP
MXL INDUSTRIES, INC.
The Optical Plastics Group consisting of MXL Industries, Inc. ("MXL")
is engaged in the manufacture of molded and coated optical products, such as
shields and face masks and non-optical plastic products. MXL is a
state-of-the-art injection molder and precision coater of large optical products
such as shields and face masks and non-optical plastics. MXL believes that the
principal strengths of its business are its state-of-the-art injection molding
equipment, advanced production technology, high quality standards, and on time
deliveries. Through its Woodland Mold and Tool Division, MXL also designs and
engineers state-of-the-art injection molding tools as well as providing a
commodity custom molding shop.
As the market for optical injection molding, tooling and coating is
focused, MXL believes that the combination of its proprietary "Anti-Fog"
coating, precise processing of the "Anti-Scratch" coatings, and precise molding
and proprietary grinding and polishing methods for its injection tools will
enable it to increase its sales in the future and to expand into related
products.
MXL uses only polycarbonate resin to manufacture shields, face masks
and lenses for over 55 clients in the safety, recreation and military
industries. For its manufacturing work as a subcontractor in the military
industry, MXL is required to comply with various federal regulations including
Military Specifications and Federal Acquisition Regulations for military end use
applications.
MXL is dependent upon one client which accounts for approximately 41%
of MXL's total sales and MXL's 10 largest customers accounted for approximately
81% of its total sales.
MXL's sales and marketing effort concentrates on industry trade shows.
In addition, the Company employs one marketing and sales executive and one sales
engineer. In the future, MXL will attempt to acquire complementary businesses.
HYDRO MED SCIENCES
Hydro Med Sciences ("HMS") is a division of the Company involved in the
manufacture of medical devices, drugs and cosmetic polymer products. HMS was
established to investigate potential uses of a unique group of polymers called
HydronR in applications beyond the soft contact lens area, where it was already
in use. These polymers, which absorb water without dissolving, have a number of
biomedical applications.
HMS is currently developing gel implants for slow, long-term delivery
applications under grants from the Population Council. These implants could be
combined with chronic disease drugs. HMS is now seeking collaborations with a
number of major pharmaceutical companies with drugs going off-patent, to explore
opportunities to create new patent positions through combining their drugs with
the gel implant delay system.
THE COMPANY'S INVESTMENTS
GTS Duratek, Inc.
GTS Duratek, Inc. ("Duratek") is an environmental technology and
services firm that uses its proprietary vitrification processes to convert
radioactive and hazardous waste into glass for long-term storage and disposal.
On April 23, 1996, Duratek completed a secondary public offering of 3.6 million
shares of common stock at $18.50 per share, one million shares of which were
sold by National Patent, reducing National Patent's ownership to approximately
15% of the currently outstanding shares of common stock of Duratek.
Interferon Sciences, Inc.
Interferon Sciences, Inc. ("ISI") is a biopharmaceutical company
engaged in the study, manufacture, and sale of pharmaceutical products based on
its highly purified, multispecies, natural source alpha interferon ("Natural
Alpha Interferon"). ISI's ALFERON(R) N injection (Interferon Alfa-n3) product
has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration for the
treatment of certain types of genital warts and is being studied for potential
use in the treatment of HIV, hepatitis C, and other indications. ISI also is
studying ALFERON N Gel and ALFERON LDO(R), its topical and oral formulations of
Natural Alpha Interferon, for the potential treatment of viral and immune system
diseases. National Patent currently owns approximately 15% of the outstanding
shares of common stock of ISI.
GSE Systems, Inc.
GSE Systems, Inc. ("GSE") was formed in 1994 through the consolidation
of a number of small, related businesses. GSE concluded an initial public
offering in August 1995. GSE is a global provider of integrated enterprise
software and information solutions to the energy, process and manufacturing
industries. The Company controls approximately 22% of the outstanding shares of
common stock of GSE.
American Drug Company
American Drug Company ("ADC") was organized in 1993 as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of National Patent to initiate marketing activities for American
generic pharmaceutical and medical products in Russia and the Commonwealth of
Independent States, from offices in Prague and Moscow. ADC's wholly-owned
subsidiary, NPD Trading (USA) Inc., provides consulting services to Western
companies doing business in Russia and Eastern Europe. ADC began distributing
products in 1995. For the year ended December 31, 1996, ADC had completed
registration for approximately 25 products, including toothpaste, sanitary
napkins, antibiotic ointments, bandages and vitamins. As of December 31, 1996
the Company owned 54% of the outstanding shares of ADC.
Employees
At December 31, 1996, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 1,708
persons, including 19 in the Company's headquarters, 1,321 in the Physical
Science Group, 250 in the Distribution Group and 85 in the Optical Plastics
Group. Of these, 5 persons were engaged in research and development. The Company
considers its employee relations to be satisfactory.
Patents and Licenses
The operating businesses of the Company are not materially dependent
upon patents, or patent and know-how licenses. The know-how and expertise gained
with respect to the manufacture and sale of its products, acquired as a result
of its license and ownership of patents, are of greater importance to its future
ability to manufacture and sell such products than are the patents themselves.
(d) Financial Information about the Foreign and Domestic
operations and Export Sales. The Company has no material Foreign Operations or
Export Sales.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The following information describes the material physical properties
owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Company leases approximately 10,000 square feet of space for its
New York City principal executive offices. The Company's Physical Sciences Group
leases approximately 31,650 square feet of an office building in Columbia,
Maryland and approximately 208,350 square feet of office space at 39 branch
offices in various other locations in the United States and abroad.
The Distribution Group leases 250,000 square feet in New Jersey and
110,000 square feet in Connecticut.
The Optical Plastics Group owns 33,000 square feet of office space in
Lancaster, PA and 12,594 square feet of office space in Westmont, IL.
The facilities owned or leased by the Company are considered to be
suitable and adequate for their intended uses and are considered to be well
maintained and in good condition.
<PAGE>
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On September 27, 1996, General Physics, all of the directors of General
Physics and the Company were named as defendants in a complaint filed in the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, styled
Dunlop v. Pollak, et al., Civil Action No. 15237-NC. The complaint was brought
by an alleged stockholder of General Physics, individually and purportedly as a
class action on behalf of all other stockholders of General Physics. The
complaint alleged purported breaches of fiduciary duty by the directors of
General Physics, including certain directors who are also directors of the
Company, and purported breaches of fiduciary duty by the Company, as an alleged
majority and controlling stockholder, arising primarily from the Merger. The
complaint alleges, among other things, that the Merger was timed to allow the
Company to take advantage of the current trading price of General Physics Common
Stock, which plaintiff alleged was depressed. The complaint sought, among other
things, injunctive relief prohibiting the Merger or, if the Merger was
consummated, an order rescinding the Merger or granting plaintiff and the other
members of the purported class damages. Plaintiff granted the defendants an
extension of the time to answer the complaint and to respond to plaintiff's
pending request to review documents relating to the Merger.
The plaintiff and the defendants reached an agreement in principle to
settle the above-referenced action. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company,
General Physics and GPX entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of December 18, 1996, which provides for an increase in the
Exchange Ratio of each outstanding share of General Physics Common Stock for the
Company's Common Stock from .53 to .54. In addition, the Collar was changed from
a ratio of $9.336 to $9.914 to a range of $9.259 to $10.00; the effect of the
increase in the Exchange Ratio and the change in the Collar was that holders of
General Physics Common Stock received an amount in value of the Company's Common
Stock in the range of between $5.00 and $5.40 (rather than $4.95 and $5.25), as
long as the Market Price of the Company's Common Stock was within the Collar on
the Test Date.
As part of the agreement in principle, the parties agreed to use their
best efforts to enter into and execute a stipulation of settlement to release
any and all claims that have been or could have been asserted by or on behalf of
the plaintiff or any members of the purported class against any of the
defendants in the lawsuit which arise out of or relate to the Merger, the Merger
Agreement, the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or events described in the
lawsuit. The settlement is subject to, among other things, completion of
discovery to confirm that the settlement is fair and reasonable and is in the
best interest of stockholders of General Physics.
In connection with the settlement, plaintiff's counsel will apply to
the court for an aggregate award of attorney's fees and expenses in an amount
not to exceed $200,000, such fees to be paid principally in shares of the
Company's Common Stock.
<PAGE>
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
On January 23, 1997, stockholders of each of the Company and General
Physics at a Special Meeting of Stockholders, voted to approve the merger of a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and General Physics, pursuant to which
General Physics became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
The Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value, is traded on the
American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc. The following
tables present its high and low market prices for the last two years, taking
into account the reverse stock split which became effective on October 6, 1995.
During the periods presented below, the Company has not paid any dividends.
Quarter High Low
1996 First 9.875 8.125
Second 11.625 8.375
Third 10.125 8.125
Fourth 9.125 7.0625
1995 First 9.50 6.50
Second 9.75 6.75
Third 9.00 6.50
Fourth* 10.75 7.25
*On September 20, 1995, the Company's shareholders and Board of Directors
approved the proposal to amend the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to effect a one-for-four reverse stock split of its Common Stock.
The reverse stock split became effective on October 6, 1995.
The number of shareholders of record of the Common Stock as of March 3,
1997 was 3,277. On March 3, 1997, the closing price of the Common Stock on the
American Stock Exchange was $7.18.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
Operating Data ...................................................... (in thousands, except per share data)
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31, ............................................ 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................................................... $ 203,800 $ 185,025 $ 204,774 $ 185,846 $ 189,797
Gross margin ........................................................ 30,242 28,322 32,559 26,974 29,211
Interest expense .................................................... 4,358 5,019 6,458 8,199 10,866
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and extraordinary items 11,380 4,032 (11,397) (6,849) (11,578)
Net income (loss) ................................................... 11,380 1,012 (13,971) (5,977) (11,943)
---------
Earnings (loss) per share ........................................... *
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and extraordinary items $ 1.54 $ .60 $ (2.10) $ (1.60) $ (2.94)
Net income (loss) ................................................... 1.54 .15 (2.57) (1.40) (3.03)
---------
Cash dividends declared per share
Balance Sheet Data
---------
Years ended December 31, ............................................ 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities ... $ 25,927 $ 11,657 $ 10,075 $ 10,976 $ 23,674
Short-term borrowings ............................................... 20,281 18,043 31,060 21,390 28,977
Working capital ..................................................... 41,691 32,949 25,823 33,224 44,877
Total assets ........................................................ 176,027 151,720 175,546 166,057 192,649
Long-term debt ...................................................... 20,116 23,932 31,213 40,858 61,441
Stockholders' equity ................................................ 94,029 70,998 65,165 67,438 63,823
</TABLE>
* All periods have been restated to reflect the effect of the one for four
reverse stock split (See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements).
Notes: (a) General Physics Corporation's (GP) results of operations were
consolidated with the results of the Company from September 1, 1994 through
December 31, 1996. The balance sheets of GP have been consolidated with the
Company at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. For all other periods GP's
financial data has been accounted for on the equity basis. (b) Interferon
Sciences, Inc.'s (ISI) results of operations were consolidated with the results
of the Company from January 1, 1992 through September 1993. The balance sheet of
ISI was consolidated with the Company at December 31, 1992. ISI's financial data
has been accounted for on the equity basis from October 1993 through June 1996.
From July 1996, ISI's financial data has been accounted for as a combination of
long-term investments and as long-term available-for-sale equity securities. (c)
GTS Duratek, Inc., (Duratek) results of operations were consolidated with the
results of the Company from January 1, 1992 through December 31, 1994. The
balance sheets of Duratek were consolidated with the Company at December 31,
1994, 1993, 1992 and 1991. At December 31, 1995, for the year then ended and
through March 31, 1996, Duratek's financial data has been accounted for on the
equity basis. At December 31, 1996, and since April 1996, the Company has
accounted for its investment as a combination of marketable securities,
long-term investments and as long-term available-for-sale equity securities.
See Management's' discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
operations for further details.
<PAGE>
Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
In 1996, the Company took several significant steps to position itself for the
future. During the first quarter of 1996, the Company repaid $1,998,000 of Swiss
denominated debt which was due. In addition, at December 31, 1996, the Company
had $20,116,000 of long-term debt, of which $7,319,000 will be repaid in 1997
and $1,990,000 will be refinanced under the terms of the Company's new bank
agreement, which was executed on March 26, 1997 (see Note 21 to the consolidated
financial statements). In April 1996, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of GTS
Duratek, Inc. (Duratek) common stock, generating net proceeds of $17,700,000.
This transaction had a significant impact upon the Company's liquidity, and at
December 31, 1996, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $22,677,000. In
September 1996, the Company announced its intention to acquire the remaining 48%
of General Physics Corporation (GP) that it did not already own in exchange for
shares of the Company's common stock (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements). The transaction was completed on January 24, 1997.
In 1996, income before income taxes, discontinued operation and extraordinary
item was $11,244,000, as compared to income of $5,819,000 in 1995. The
improvement in the Company's results is due to several factors. In April 1996,
the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of Duratek common stock recognizing a gain of
$12,200,000. In addition, the Company recorded gains totaling $3,314,000 on the
transfer of 250,000 shares of Duratek common stock from long-term investments to
trading securities and from subsequent changes in the market value of these
shares. The Company currently owns 15% of Duratek and accounts for its
investment in Duratek as a combination of marketable securities, long-term
investments and as long-term available-for-sale securities. In 1996, the Company
also recognized a gain of $2,168,000 on the issuance of stock by affiliates,
primarily as a result of the issuance in April 1996 by Interferon Sciences, Inc.
(ISI) of additional shares of common stock. The Company currently owns
approximately 15% of ISI, and effective in the third quarter of 1996 the Company
commenced accounting for its investment in ISI as a combination of long-term
investments and as long-term available-for-sale equity securities. The above
gains were partially offset by a $4,000,000 loss recognized on the Company's
investments in American White Cross, Inc. (AWC), due to AWC filing for
protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in July 1996.
In 1996 the Company generated increased operating profits due to improvements
within the Distribution and Physical Science Groups, partially offset by reduced
operating profits achieved by the Optical Plastics Group (see Note 16 to the
consolidated financial statements). The Physical Science Group, which is GP,
achieved increased operating profits of $1,650,000 as a result of increased
sales and gross margin. At December 31, 1996 the Company owned 52% of GP and in
January 1997 purchased the remaining 48% (see Note 2 to the consolidated
financial statements). GP provides a wide range of training, engineering,
environmental and technical support services to commercial nuclear and fossil
power utilities, the United States Departments of Defense and Energy, Fortune
500 companies and other commercial and governmental customers. The Distribution
Group, which is the Five Star Group, Inc. (Five Star), the Company's distributor
of home decorating, hardware and finishing products, increased operating profits
by $393,000 due to increased sales and the related gross margin, partially
offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses. The Optical
Plastics Group, which is MXL Industries, Inc. (MXL), the Company's injection
molding and coating subsidiary, had a reduction in operating profits of
$1,176,000 due to both reduced sales and gross margin percentage. The Company
also had Investment and other income (expense), net totaling $3,756,000 in 1996
as compared to $1,129,000 in 1995. The increased Investment and other income
(expense), net was primarily the result of foreign currency transaction gains in
1996 as opposed to losses in 1995, reduced losses related to ISI, which since
the third quarter of 1996 was accounted for as a combination of long-term
investments and as long-term available-for-sale equity securities, and increased
investment income due to increased cash and cash equivalents. The Company also
reduced its interest expense by $661,000 in 1996 due to the continued reduction
of long-term debt at the Corporate level in 1995 and in the first quarter of
1996.
In 1995, income before income taxes, discontinued operation and extraordinary
item was $5,819,000 as compared to a loss of $10,648,000 in 1994. The
improvement in operations is due to several factors. In the first and fourth
quarters of 1995, the Company sold 1,667,000 and 500,000 shares, respectively of
Duratek common stock, resulting in the recognition of a $3,768,000 gain. As a
result of the first sale of the Duratek common stock, the Company's ownership in
Duratek fell below 50%, and commencing in January 1995, the Company accounted
for its investment in Duratek, which totaled $4,121,000 at December 31, 1995, on
the equity basis (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). In
addition, the Company recorded an unrealized gain totaling $3,183,000 on the
transfer of 250,000 shares of Duratek common stock from long-term investments to
trading securities. During the third quarter of 1995, the Company realized a
$5,912,000 gain as a result of the issuance of common stock by ISI, a then 22%
owned affiliate, and the initial public offering by GSE Systems, Inc.(GSES), a
26% controlled affiliate at December 31,1995. The $5,912,000 gain was comprised
of a $3,137,000 gain realized primarily on the issuance of 1,725,000 shares of
common stock (including the over-allotment option) at $14.00 per share by GSES
in July 1995 and a $2,775,000 gain realized primarily as a result of the
issuance in August and September 1995 of 3,000,000 shares of common stock by ISI
at $4.80 per share, as adjusted for a one for four reverse stock split of ISI
(see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company also realized
Investment and other income, net of $1,129,000 in 1995 compared to a net expense
of $1,808,000 in 1994. The improvement is due to several factors including a
foreign currency transaction loss of $1,066,000 in 1995 compared to a foreign
currency transaction loss of $2,124,000 realized in 1994, related to the
Company's decision not to hedge its Swiss denominated debt, and reduced losses
incurred on investments in 20% to 50% owned affiliates. These improvements were
partially offset by a $785,000 loss recognized due to the permanent impairment
of an available-for-sale security. In 1995, the Company also incurred reduced
interest expense as a result of reduced long-term debt at the corporate level.
Operating profits improved for the year ended December 31, 1995 within the
Optical Plastics and Physical Science Groups, and decreased marginally within
the Distribution Group and within American Drug Company, the Company's 54% owned
subsidiary, which is not part of an operating segment. The Optical Plastics
Group generated increased operating profits due to both increased sales and
gross margin percentage. The Physical Science Group experienced improved
operating results due to the results of GP being included in the consolidated
results of operations for the full year (see Note 2 to the consolidated
financial statements). The Distribution Group had marginally reduced operating
profits due to reduced sales and the related gross margin, offset by
significantly reduced operating costs.
Sales
Consolidated sales from continuing operations decreased by $19,749,000 from
$204,774,000 in 1994 to $185,025,000 in 1995 and increased by $18,775,000 to
$203,800,000 in 1996. In 1995, the Company had reduced sales within the Physical
Science and Distribution Groups, partially offset by increased sales achieved by
the Optical Plastics Group. In 1996, the Company had increased sales within the
Physical Science and Distribution Groups, partially offset by reduced sales
within the Optical Plastics Group.
The Physical Science Group's sales decreased from $118,421,000 in 1994 to
$107,549,000 in 1995 and increased to $117,183,000 in 1996. The reduced sales in
1995 were due to the results of Duratek being accounted for on the equity basis
since January 1995, partially offset by the consolidation of the results of GP
since September 1994 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). The
increased sales of $9,634,000 in 1996 were primarily the result of increased
sales within GP's Commercial Training and Technical Services Group. In addition,
GP experienced marginally increased sales within its Engineering and Applied
Sciences Group, offset by marginally reduced sales within the Government
Training and Technical Services Group. GP has focused its marketing resources on
expanding management and technical training services to manufacturing and
process industries and specialized engineering services to federal agencies and
process industries.
The Distribution Group sales decreased from $75,551,000 in 1994 to $65,098,000
in 1995 and increased to $76,102,000 in 1996. The reduced sales in 1995 were the
result of the loss of a major retail chain as a customer, partially mitigated by
a general increase in business among numerous independent retail stores. The
increased sales of $11,004,000 in 1996 were the result of Five Star commencing
sales to the major retail chain lost in at the end of 1994, as well as a
significant growth in sales to independent retail stores. The growth in
independent retail store sales was primarily generated by a significant increase
in sales of hardware products due to an expansion of Five Star's product line.
The sales increase in 1996 was partially mitigated by the closing of two retail
chains in the northeast which had generated $5,866,000 of sales in 1995.
The Optical Plastics Group sales increased from $9,290,000 in 1994 to
$10,949,000 in 1995 and decreased to $8,781,000 in 1996. The improved sales in
1995 were the result of increased sales throughout MXL's entire customer base.
The reduced sales of $2,168,000 in 1996 was the result of reduced orders from
MXL's largest customer, due to changes in their product line.
Gross margin
Consolidated gross margin was $32,559,000 or 16% in 1994, $28,322,000 or 15% in
1995 and $30,242,000 or 15% of net sales in 1996. The reduced gross margin of
$4,237,000 in 1995 occurred primarily within the Physical Science Group, and to
a lesser extent within the Distribution Group, partially offset by increased
gross margins achieved by the Optical Plastics Group. The increased gross margin
of $1,920,000 in 1996 was the result of increased gross margin within the
Physical Science and Distribution Groups, partially offset by reduced gross
margin achieved by the Optical Plastics Group.
The Physical Science Group gross margin decreased from $16,670,000 or 14% in
1994 to $12,368,000 or 12% in 1995 and increased to $14,309,000 or 12% in 1996.
The decreased gross margin in 1995 was due to the Company's ownership in Duratek
falling below 50% in January 1995, and the Company accounting for Duratek on the
equity and later the cost basis from that time, partially offset by GP being
included in the consolidated results since September 1994. Duratek achieved a
gross margin of $7,111,000 in 1994 but zero was included in consolidated gross
margin for 1995 for Duratek. Since January 1995, Duratek was accounted for on
the equity method until April 1996 when the Company began accounting for its
investment as a combination of marketable securities, long-term investments and
as long-term available-for-sale equity securities. The reduced gross margin
percentage is the result of historically lower gross margins earned by GP due to
the nature of its business. In 1995 GP has increased its gross margin percentage
through its continuing efforts to reduce overhead costs as a percent of revenue,
as well as the achievement of higher direct labor utilization. In 1996, the
increased gross margin of $1,941,000 was the result of increased sales as well
as reduced overhead costs as a percentage of sales.
The Distribution Group gross margin decreased from $11,785,000 or 16% in 1994 to
$10,966,000 or 17% in 1995 and increased to $12,313,000 or 16% in 1996. In 1995,
the reduced gross margin was the result of reduced sales, partially mitigated by
an increased gross margin percentage. The increased gross margin percentage in
1995 was the result of reduced warehousing costs due to the successful
implementation of Five Star's advanced warehouse management system , as well as
the consolidation of Five Star's New York warehouse into the New Jersey
facility. The increased gross margin of $1,347,000 in 1996 was the result of
increased sales. The reduced gross margin percentage was the result of an
increase in drop- ship sales ,as well as lower margins generated on sales to a
major retail chain, partially offset by continued efficiencies achieved in Five
Star's warehouse operations.
The Optical Plastics Group gross margin increased from $3,635,000 or 39% of net
sales in 1994 and to $4,336,000 or 40% of net sales in 1995 and decreased to
$2,913,000 or 33% of net sales in 1996. In 1995, the increased gross margin was
primarily the result of increased sales. The reduced gross margin of $1,423,000,
as well as the reduced gross margin percentage in 1996 was the result of reduced
sales to MXL's major customer, who historically generated higher gross margin
percentages than the remainder of MXL's business on average.
Investment and other income (expense), net
Investment and other income (expense) was $(1,808,000) in 1994, $1,129,000 in
1995 and $3,756,000 in 1996. The improvement in 1996 is primarily due to three
factors. In 1996, the Company had a foreign currency transaction gain of
$340,000 compared to a loss of $1,066,000 in 1995, related to the Company's
decision not to hedge its Swiss denominated debt, increased investment income
and reduced losses incurred on investments in 20% to 50% owned affiliates.
Although the Company is exposed to foreign currency transaction losses as a
result of its Swiss denominated indebtedness, the Company considers its risk of
loss to be acceptable due in part to the reduced amount of such indebtedness at
December 31, 1996. Accordingly, the Company has not hedged such risk at December
31, 1996 and will review this policy on a continuing basis. The Company had
increased investment income in 1996 as a result of an increase in cash and cash
equivalents during 1996. In addition, the Company incurred reduced losses
related to ISI, in which the Company has an approximately 15% interest, which
effective in the third quarter of 1996 was accounted for as a combination of
long-term available-for-sale equity securities and long-term investments. The
improvement in 1995 was due to several factors including a foreign currency
transaction loss of $1,066,000 in 1995 compared to a foreign currency
transaction loss of $2,124,000 realized in 1994, related to the Company's
decision not to hedge its Swiss denominated debt, and reduced losses incurred on
investments in 20% to 50% owned affiliates. These improvements were partially
offset by a $785,000 loss recognized due to the permanent impairment of an
available for sale security. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's
Investments and advances of $25,108,000 and $21,452,000 were primarily its
investments in Duratek, ISI and GSES, which were $5,113,000, $6,360,000,
$9,868,000 in 1996 and $4,121,000, $3,761,000 and $8,944,000, in 1995,
respectively.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) decreased from $34,732,000
in 1994 to $30,372,000 in 1995 and increased to $30,788,000 in 1996. In 1995,
the reduced SG&A was primarily the result of reduced SG&A of $3,985,000 within
the Physical Science Group primarily due to Duratek, which incurred SG&A of
$5,926,000 in 1994, being accounted for on the equity basis since January 1995,
partially offset by increased SG&A of $1,941,000 incurred by GP largely due to
the recording of an approximately $1,015,000 reserve related to potentially
uncollectible revenue recorded in years prior to 1993. In the process of
reviewing the results of a previous audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency,
GP determined that, based upon the information then available, it was not
probable that the government would approve payment of a rate differential
related to overruns in certain cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts which were
completed prior to 1994. Since the rate differential had been recognized as
revenue over a series of prior years, GP set up a reserve in the third quarter
of 1995 against the estimated amount of the rate differential believed likely to
be noncollectible. In addition, the Distribution Group incurred reduced SG&A of
$773,000 in 1995 as a result of Five Star's reduced sales commissions paid due
to reduced sales, as well as the success of its continuing effort to consolidate
and streamline its organization. American Drug Company (ADC) also incurred
increased SG&A as a result of increased consulting expenses and costs related to
the opening and staffing of the Moscow office. ADC is the Company's 54% owned
subsidiary which exports American made generic and prescription drugs and
over-the-counter healthcare products in both Russia and the Commonwealth of
Independent States. The increased general and administrative costs at Five Star
and ADC were partially mitigated by reduced costs incurred at the corporate
level. The increase of $416,000 in SG&A in 1996 was the result of increased SG&A
incurred by the Distribution Group, partially offset by reduced SG&A achieved by
the Physical Science and Optical Plastics Groups and at the Corporate level. The
increased SG&A within the Distribution Group was primarily the result of
increased sales commissions paid due to increased sales, as well as increased
costs incurred by Five Star for equipment and computer rental due to the
continued upgrading and development of their facility management systems. The
reduced SG&A achieved by GP was the result of the $1,015,000 reserve taken in
1995 related to potentially uncollectible revenue recorded in years prior to
December 31, 1993, partially offset by a $259,000 reserve recorded in 1996 for
the settlement of a legal action brought against GP by a former employee. The
Optical Plastics Group achieved lower SG&A in 1996 due to efforts to reduce
their operating costs due to their reduced sales volume.
Interest expense
Interest expense aggregated $6,458,000 in 1994, $5,019,000 in 1995 and
$4,358,000 in 1996. The reduced interest expense in 1995 and the further
reduction in 1996, was the result of the Company's continuing successful effort
to reduce its interest expense at the corporate level due to reduced interest on
the Company's Swiss Debt obligations due to the Exchange Offers in 1994 and 1995
and the repayment of various Swiss Debt obligation in 1996 (see Note 11 to the
consolidated financial statements).
Income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) from operations for 1994, 1995 and 1996 was
$749,000, $1,787,000 and $(136,000), respectively.
In 1996, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $136,000. The current
income tax provision of $1,724,000 represents the estimated taxes payable by GP,
the Company's 52% owned subsidiary. The deferred income tax benefit of
$1,860,000 results from utilization of net operating loss carryovers and a
reduction in the valuation allowance, among other factors. The decrease in the
valuation allowance in 1996 was attributable in part to the utilization of the
Company's net operating loss carryforwards, and to the Company's expectation of
generating sufficient taxable income that will allow for the realization of a
portion of its deferred tax assets.
In 1995, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $1,787,000. The current
income tax provision of $258,000 represents the estimated taxes payable by the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1995. The deferred income tax provision
of $1,529,000 represents the deferred taxes of GP, the Company's 51% owned
subsidiary.
In 1994, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $749,000. The current
income tax provision of $283,000 represents the estimated taxes payable by the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1994. The deferred income tax provision
of $466,000 represents the deferred taxes of GP, the Company's 51% owned
subsidiary.
As of December 31, 1996, the Company has approximately $18,131,000 of
consolidated net operating losses available for Federal income tax purposes.
Accounting developments
Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." Statement 121 requires the Company to
estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual
disposition of its property, plant and equipment and other long lived assets,
and if the sum of such cash flows is less than the carrying amount of these
assets, to recognize an impairment loss to the extent, if any, that the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds their fair values. The Company believes that
expected future cash flows derived from these assets will be at least equal to
their carrying values, and that no impairment loss will be indicated.
Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for its stock option plan in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of grant only if the
current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. On
January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, which permits entities to recognize as expense over the vesting
period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant.
Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to continue to apply the
provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma
earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and
future years as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plan and, accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized for its stock options in the financial statements.
Forward-Looking Statements. This report contains certain forward-looking
statements reflecting management's current views with respect to future events
and financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to
certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including, but not
limited to the Company's ability to reverse its history of operating losses; the
Company's dependence on its subsidiaries and its investments as its primary
source to service outstanding debt and to fund its operations; and the Company's
ability to comply with financial covenants in connection with various loan
agreements.
Liquidity and capital resources
At December 31, 1996, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling
$22,677,000. GP, SGLG, Inc. and ADC had cash and cash equivalents of $2,057,000
at December 31, 1996. The minority interests of these companies are owned by the
general public, and therefore, the assets of these subsidiaries have been
dedicated to the operations of these companies and may not be readily available
for the general corporate purposes of the parent. In January 1997, the Company
acquired the remaining 48% of the outstanding shares of GP that it did not
already own. (See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).
The Company has sufficient cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and
borrowing availability under existing and potential lines of credit (See Note 9
to the consolidated financial statements) to satisfy its cash requirements for
its 12% Subordinated Debentures scheduled to mature in the third quarter of
1997, which totaled approximately $6,732,000 at December 31, 1996. On March 26,
1997, the Company's entered into a new Revolving Credit Agreement (see Note 21
to the consolidated financial statements).
At December 31, 1996, approximately $2,000,000 was available to the Company
under GP's credit agreements. The Company has historically reduced its long-term
debt through the issuance of equity securities in exchange for long-term debt.
In addition to its ability to issue equity securities, the Company believes that
it has sufficient marketable long-term investments, as well as the ability to
obtain additional funds from its operating subsidiaries and the potential to
enter into new credit arrangements in order to fund its working capital
requirements. At December 31, 1996, the Company had classified 250,000 shares of
Duratek stock valued at $3,250,000 as marketable securities, as a result of the
transfer from long-term investments to trading securities due to the Company's
intention to sell these shares promptly in 1997.
For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's working capital increased by
$8,742,000 to $41,691,000, reflecting the effect of increased cash and cash
equivalents, partially offset by increased current maturities of long-term debt
and short-term borrowings. Consolidated cash and cash equivalents increased by
$14,583,000 to $22,677,000 at December 31, 1996.
The increase in cash and cash equivalents of $14,583,000 in 1996 resulted from
cash provided by financing of $1,971,000, investing activities of $9,849,000,
and cash provided by operations of $2,763,000. The cash provided by investing
activities was primarily from proceeds from the sale of stock of a subsidiary,
partially offset by additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible
assets. Financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from short-term
borrowings and long-term debt, offset by repayments and reductions in short-term
borrowings and long-term debt.
The Company is required to meet certain financial covenants pursuant to its loan
agreements, and is currently in compliance with these covenants.
The Company's principal manufacturing facilities were constructed subsequent to
1976 and management does not anticipate having to replace major facilities in
the near term. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has not contractually
committed itself for any other new major capital expenditures.
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Page
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES:
Independent Auditors' Report 31
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1996 and 1995 32
Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994 34
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity - Years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 36
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994 38
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 41
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Unaudited)
Selected Quarterly Financial Data 78
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
National Patent Development Corporation:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of National Patent
Development Corporation and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of National Patent
Development Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
New York, New York
March 26, 1997
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents ............................ $ 22,677 $ 8,094
Marketable securities ................................ 3,250 3,563
Accounts and other receivables (of which
$13,296 and $13,013 are from government
contracts) less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $2,155 and $3,066 ....................... 40,633 39,466
Inventories .......................................... 23,193 20,444
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts, of which $481 and $1,473
relates to government contracts ..................... 9,466 9,118
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............ 3,462 3,640
---------
Total current assets ................................. 102,681 84,325
---------
Investments and advances ............................. 25,108 21,452
---------
Property, plant and equipment, at cost ............... 36,045 33,367
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ....... (26,767) (24,374)
---------
9,278 8,993
---------
Intangible assets, net of accumulated
amortization of $29,577 and $27,901
Goodwill ............................................. 33,737 32,445
Patents, licenses and deferred charges ............... 739 608
---------
34,476 33,053
Deferred tax asset ................................... 843
Other assets ......................................... 3,641 3,897
---------
$ 176,027 $ 151,720
---------
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)
(in thousands, except shares and par value per share)
December 31, 1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt ............. $ 9,309 $ 4,167
Short-term borrowings ............................ 20,281 18,043
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............ 22,879 20,865
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts ............... 8,521 8,301
------ ---------
Total current liabilities ............... ........ 60,990 51,376
------ ---------
Long-term debt less current maturities ............. 10,807 19,765
Minority interests ................................ 10,201 9,581
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity *
Preferred stock, authorized 10,000,000
shares, par value $.01 per share, none issued
Common stock, authorized 25,000,000 shares, par
value $.01 per share, issued 7,518,725 and 6,825,723
shares (of which 1,497 shares are held in treasury) 75 68
Class B capital stock, authorized 2,800,000 shares, par
value $.01 per share, issued and outstanding
62,500 shares ................................... 1 1
Capital in excess of par value ................... 131,388 125,419
Deficit ..................................... .... (40,759) (52,139)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
securities ...................................... 3,324 (1,440)
Minimum pension liability adjustment ............. (911)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' equity ....................... 94,029 70,998
--------- ---------
$ 176,027 $ 151,720
--------- ---------
*Stockholders' equity has been restated to reflect the effect of the one for
four reverse stock split (See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements).
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales 203,800 $185,025 $204,774
Cost of goods sold 173,558 156,703 172,215
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross margin 30,242 28,322 32,559
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selling, general and administrative (30,788) (30,372) (34,732)
Interest (4,358) (5,019) (6,458)
Investment and other income (expense),
net (including interest income of $906,
$555 and $360) 3,756 1,129 (1,808)
Loss on investments (4,000)
Gain on disposition of stock of
a subsidiary and an affiliate 12,200 3,768
Gain on issuance of stock by a
subsidiary and affiliates 2,168 5,912
Gains on trading securities 3,314 3,183
Minority interests (1,290) (1,104) (209)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes,
discontinued operation and
extraordinary item 11,244 5,819 (10,648)
Income tax benefit (expense) 136 (1,787) (749)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before discontinued
operation and extraordinary item 11,380 4,032 (11,397)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discontinued operation
Loss from operations (331) (1,789)
Loss on disposal including provision of
$100 in 1994 during phase-out period (2,610) (785)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from discontinued operation (2,941) (2,574)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item 11,380 1,091 (13,971)
Extraordinary item
Extinguishment of debt,(net of income tax) (79)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) $11,380 $ 1,012 $ (13,971)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
(in thousands, except shares and par value per share)
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) per share *
Income (loss) before discontinued
operation and extraordinary item $ 1.54 $ .60 $ (2.10)
Discontinued operation (.44) (.47)
Extraordinary item (.01)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) per share $ 1.54 $ .15 $ (2.57)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*All periods have been restated to reflect the effect of the one for four
reverse stock split (See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements).
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
(in thousands, except shares, par value per share and per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
Net
unrealized
Class B Capital in gain (loss) on Minimum Total
Common capital excess available- pension stock-
stock stock of par for-sale liability holders'
($.01 Par) ($.01 Par) value Deficit securities adjustment equity
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993 $ 48 * $ 1 * $106,417 * $(39,028) $ $ $67,438
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Implementation of SFAS 115 1,157 1,157
Exercise of stock options and warrants 99 99
Issuance of stock in connection with
Swiss Bonds 10 9,985 9,995
Transfer from common stock issued
subject to repurchase obligation 1 2,731 2,732
Conversion of 12% Debentures 35 35
Distribution of shares in a subsidiary (152) (152)
Issuance and sale of common stock 1 771 772
Net unrealized loss on
available-for-sale securities (2,940) (2,940)
Net loss (13,971) (13,971)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1994 60 1 120,038 (53,151) (1,783) 65,165
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994
(in thousands, except shares, par value per share and per share amounts)
Net
unrealized
<CAPTION>
Class B Capital in gain (loss) on Minimum Total
Common capital excess available- pension stock-
stock stock of par for-sale liability holders'
($.01 Par) ($.01 Par) value Deficit securities adjustment equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1994 $ 60 * $ 1 * $120,038 * $(53,151) $(1,783) $ $65,165
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum pension liability adjustment (911) (911)
Net unrealized gain on available-
for-sale securities 343 343
Net income 1,012 1,012
Issuance of stock in connection with
Swiss Bonds 6 3,725 3,731
Issuance and sale of common stock 2 1,046 1,048
Transfer from common stock issued
subject to repurchase obligation 610 610
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995 68 1 125,419 (52,139) (1,440) (911) 70,998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum pension liability adjustment 911 911
Net unrealized gain on available-
for-sale securities 4,764 4,764
Net income 11,380 11,380
Issuance and sale of common stock
and common stock warrants 7 5,969 5,976
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1996 $ 75 $ 1 $131,388 $(40,759) $3,324 $ $94,029
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
* All periods prior to October 5, 1995 have been restated to reflect the effect
of the one-for-four reverse stock split (See Note 15 to the consolidated
financial statements.)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from operations:
Net income (loss) 11,380 $ 1,012 $ (13,971)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
to net cash used in operating activities:
Provision for discontinued operation 2,460 1,570
Depreciation and amortization 4,069 4,316 6,063
Loss from extinguishment
of debt, net of income tax 79
Gain on disposition of stock of a
subsidiary and an affiliate (12,200) (3,768)
Gain on issuance of stock by
a subsidiary and affiliates (2,168) (5,912)
Gains on trading securities (3,314) (3,183)
Loss on investments 4,000
Deferred income taxes (1,860)
Proceeds from sale of trading securities 4,425
Changes in other operating items,
net of effect of acquisitions and disposals:
Accounts and other receivables (2,167) 1,228 (3,887)
Inventories (2,749) (1,687) 1,163
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
billings on uncompleted contracts (348) 6,119 1,349
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 178 2,993 (817)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 3,297 (4,768) 4,626
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts 220 2,210 (1,014)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operations $ 2,763 $ 1,099 $ (4,918)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of stock of a subsidiary $ 13,275 $ 7,051 $
Sales of certain net assets and businesses
of a subsidiary 4,470
Additions to property, plant and
equipment, net (2,678) (2,006) (4,006)
Additions to intangible assets (2,446) (388) (5,824)
Reduction of investments and other assets 1,698 388 664
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities 9,849 5,045 (4,696)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayments of short-term borrowings (11,020) (5,650)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 2,238 5,634 15,320
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 1,400 5,162 3,638
Reduction of long-term debt (4,213) (8,145) (4,882)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 2,546 244 287
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities 1,971 (8,125) 8,713
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents 14,583 (1,981) (901)
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year 8,094 10,075 10,976
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 22,677 $ 8,094 $ 10,075
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental disclosures of
cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest $ 4,200 $ 4,577 $ 4,147
Income taxes $ 1,301 $ 655 $ 607
Supplemental schedule of
non-cash transactions:
Reduction of debt $ 1,003 $ 6,250 $ 9,167
Additions to investments, intangibles,
other assets and prepaid expenses 5,379 625 100
Reduction of accounts payable 267
Reduction of accrued
interest payable 372 1,045
Reduction (increase) in accrued pension liability 911 (911)
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale
securities (3,324)
Issuances of common stock (3,430) (4,535) (10,579)
Issuance of long-term debt (2,340)
Minimum pension liability adjustment (911) 911
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Description of business. National Patent Development Corporation (the
"Company"), is primarily a holding company, which is a legal entity separate and
distinct from its various operating subsidiaries. The Company's operations
consist of three operating business segments: Physical Science, Distribution and
Optical Plastics. In addition, the Company owns approximately 54% of the
outstanding shares of common stock of the American Drug Company (See Note 5).
The Company also has an approximately 15% investment in Interferon Sciences,
Inc. (See Note 4), an approximately 15% investment in GTS Duratek, Inc. (See
Note 3) and controls approximately 22% of GSE Systems, Inc. (See Note 6), a
company in the business of software simulation and controls. The Company's
Physical Science Group, through its approximately 52% owned subsidiary (at
December 31, 1996), General Physics Corporation (GP), provides a wide range of
services in training, engineering, environmental and technical support services
to commercial nuclear and fossil power utilities, the United States Departments
of Defense ("DOD") and Energy (the "DOE"), Fortune 500 companies and other
commercial and governmental customers. On January 24, 1997, a merger of a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and GP was completed, pursuant to which
GP became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. (See Note 2). The Company's
Distribution Group, incorporated under the name Five Star Group, Inc. (Five
Star), is engaged in the wholesale distribution of home decorating, hardware and
finishing products. The Company's Optical Plastics Group, through its wholly
owned subsidiary MXL Industries, Inc. (MXL), manufactures molded and coated
optical products, such as shields and face masks and non-optical plastic
products.
Principles of consolidation and investments. The consolidated financial
statements include the operations of National Patent Development Corporation and
its majority-owned subsidiaries (the Company). Investments in 20% - 50% owned
companies are accounted for on the equity basis. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Statements of cash flows. For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the
Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of
three months or less from purchase date to be cash equivalents.
Marketable securities. Marketable securities at December 31, 1996 and 1995
consist of U.S. corporate equity securities. The Company classifies its
marketable equity securities as trading and available-for-sale.
<PAGE>
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)
Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, principally
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.
Foreign currency transactions. The Company's Swiss Bonds (see Note 11) are
subject to currency fluctuations and the Company has hedged portions of such
debt from time to time, but not within the three year period ended December 31,
1996. During the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, the Company
realized foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $340,000, $(1,066,000)
and $(2,124,000), respectively. These amounts are included in Investment and
other income (expense), net. At December 31, 1996, the Company had not hedged
its Swiss Franc obligations. The Company's 54% owned subsidiary, the American
Drug Company (See Note 5) conducts its business primarily in U.S. dollars.
Contract revenue and cost recognition. The Company provides services under
time-and-materials, cost-plus-fixed-fee and fixed-price contracts. Revenue is
recognized as costs are incurred and includes estimated fees at predetermined
rates. Differences between recorded costs and estimated earnings and final
billings are recognized in the period in which they become determinable. Costs
and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts are
recorded as a current asset. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a current liability. Generally,
contracts provide for the billing of costs incurred and estimated earnings on a
monthly basis. Retainages, amounts subject to future negotiation and amounts
which are expected to be collected after one year are not material for any
period.
Property, plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment are carried at
cost. Major additions and improvements are capitalized while maintenance and
repairs which do not extend the lives of the assets are expensed currently. Gain
or loss on the disposition of property, plant and equipment is recognized in
operations when realized.
Depreciation. The Company provides for depreciation of property, plant and
equipment primarily on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful
lives:
CLASS OF ASSETS USEFUL LIFE
Buildings and improvements 5 to 40 years
Machinery, equipment and furniture
and fixtures 3 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements Shorter of asset life or term of lease
<PAGE>
1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)
Intangible assets. The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of
businesses acquired is recorded as goodwill and is amortized on a straight-line
basis generally over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. The Company capitalizes
costs incurred to obtain and maintain patents and licenses. Patent costs are
amortized over the lesser of 17 years or the remaining lives of the patents, and
license costs over the lives of the licenses. The Company also capitalizes costs
incurred to obtain long-term debt financing. Such costs are amortized on an
effective yield basis over the terms of the related debt and such amortization
is classified as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The periods of amortization of goodwill are evaluated at least annually to
determine whether events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful
lives. This evaluation considers, among other factors, expected cash flows and
profits of the businesses to which the goodwill relates. Based upon the periodic
analysis, goodwill is written down or written off if it appears that future
profits or cash flows will be insufficient to recover such goodwill.
Reverse stock split. As a result of a one-for-four reverse stock split effective
on October 6, 1995, all shares and per share information prior to that date have
been restated.
Treasury stock. Treasury stock is recorded at cost. Reissuances of treasury
stock are valued at market value at the date of reissuance. The cost of the
treasury stock is relieved from the treasury stock account and the difference
between the cost and market value is recorded as additional paid in capital.
Stock option plan. Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for its stock
option plan in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
("APB") Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related
interpretations. As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of
grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the
exercise price. On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, which permits entities to recognize as expense
over the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of
grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to continue to apply the
provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma
earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and
future years as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.
1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)
Sales of stock by a subsidiary. The Company records in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations any gain or loss realized when a subsidiary sells its
shares at an offering price which differs from the Company's carrying amount per
share of such subsidiary's stock.
Income taxes. The Company files a consolidated Federal income tax return that
includes each domestic subsidiary in which the Company has at least 80% voting
control.
Income (loss) per share. Per share data is based on the weighted average number
of shares outstanding, including Class B capital stock, and dilutive common
stock equivalents. Presentation of fully diluted earnings per share is not
required because the effect is less than 3% or is antidilutive. The weighted
average number of shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994, was 7,388,925, 6,637,639 and 5,431,166, respectively.
Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject
the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of
cash investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash
investments with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of
credit exposure to any one institution. With respect to accounts receivable,
approximately 33% are related to United States government contracts, and the
remainder are dispersed among various industries, customers and geographic
regions.
2. General Physics Corporation
On August 31, 1994, General Physics Corporation (GP), a formerly 28% owned
affiliate, acquired substantially all of the operations and assets of SGLG,
Inc., (SGLG) (formerly GPS Technologies, Inc.), a 92% owned subsidiary and
assumed certain liabilities of SGLG, related to its business of providing
management and technical training services, and specialized engineering
consulting services, to various commercial industries and to the United States
government. However, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, the
transaction has been treated as a reverse acquisition of GP by SGLG since, among
other factors, the Company became the beneficial owner of approximately 54% of
the outstanding shares of GP's common stock as a result of the transaction.
Commencing September 1, 1994, GP's accounts have been consolidated with those of
the Company. 2. General Physics Corporation (Continued)
The consideration paid by GP totaled approximately $34,000,000 and consisted of
(a) $10,000,000 in cash, (b) 3,500,000 shares of GP common stock, (c) GP's 6%
Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2004 in the aggregate principal amount of
$15,000,000 ($1,500,000 of which was paid into escrow), (valued at $10,700,000
after a $4,300,000 discount), (d) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000
shares of GP common stock at $6.00 per share, and (e) warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 475,664 shares of GP common stock at $7.00 per share. In addition,
GP entered into a lease with SGLG of certain fixed assets of SGLG for a period
of 10 years for an aggregate rent of $2,000,000, payable in equal quarterly
installments of $50,000. The Company did not recognize a gain on this
transaction.
The cash portion of the purchase price for the SGLG operations and assets was
derived from funds borrowed by GP under a $20,000,000 revolving credit facility
secured by liens on the assets of GP, GPSTFSG, GPES and Inventory Management
Corporation, all wholly-owned subsidiaries of GP (See Note 9(b)).
In December 1994, as part of the above transaction, SGLG distributed its shares
of GTS Duratek, Inc. (Duratek) common stock, totaling 3,950,000 shares, on a pro
rata basis to its shareholders. Therefore, the Company received 3,630,538 shares
of Duratek, and the minority shareholders received the remaining 319,462 shares.
From October 3, 1991 through August 31, 1994, the Company's investment in GP had
been accounted for on the equity basis and the Company's share of GP's loss for
the eight months ended August 31, 1994 in the amount of $(719,000) after the
amortization of the underlying goodwill, was included in the caption "Investment
and other income (expense), net" appearing in the consolidated statements of
operations. The financial position and results of operations of SGLG were
included in the consolidated accounts of the Company for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.
<PAGE>
2. General Physics Corporation (Continued)
On January 24, 1997, the Company acquired the remaining 5,047,623 shares (48% of
the outstanding shares) of GP that it did not already own, in exchange for .60
shares of National Patent common stock for each share of GP. The transaction has
been accounted for as a purchase of a minority interest. The Company issued an
aggregate of 3,028,574 shares of its common stock, valued at $25,228,000 in the
transaction. This transaction has not been reflected in the 1996 consolidated
financial statements.
The following information shows on a pro-forma basis, the results of operations
for the Company for the year ended December 31, 1996, as if the above
transaction had occurred as of January 1, 1996 (in thousands):
(unaudited)
Sales $203,800
Income before discontinued operation and extraordinary item 13,751
Net income 13,751
Income per share before discontinued operation
and extraordinary item 1.32
Income per share 1.32
The following selected balance sheet information shows on a pro-forma basis, the
financial position of the Company as if the above transaction had occurred on
December 31, 1996 (in thousands):
(unaudited)
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities $ 24,334
Working capital 36,836
Intangible assets, net 54,200
Total assets 194,158
Stockholders' equity 118,972
The above pro-forma information is not necessarily indicative of the actual
financial position or results of operations that would have been achieved if the
transaction had occurred as of or for the period indicated, or of future results
that may be achieved.
2. General Physics Corporation (Continued)
GP provides engineering, environmental, training, analytical, and technical
support services to commercial nuclear and fossil power utilities, the U.S.
Departments of Defense and Energy, Fortune 500 companies, and other commercial
and governmental customers.
3. GTS Duratek, Inc.
On January 24, 1995, the Company sold 1,666,667 shares of common stock of GTS
Duratek, Inc. (Duratek) at a price of $3.00 per share to The Carlyle Group
(Carlyle) in connection with a $16 million financing by Duratek with Carlyle, a
Washington, D.C. based private merchant bank. In addition, the Company granted
Carlyle an option, which was exercised in December 1995, to purchase up to an
additional 500,000 shares of the Company's Duratek common stock over the next
year at $3.75 per share. The Company realized a gain of $3,768,000 during 1995
on sales of Duratek common stock, primarily in these two transactions.
As part of the aforementioned financing by Carlyle, Duratek received $16 million
from Carlyle in exchange for 160,000 shares of newly issued 8% cumulative
convertible preferred stock (convertible into 5,333,333 shares of Duratek common
stock at $3.00 per share). Duratek granted Carlyle an option to purchase up to
1,250,000 shares of newly issued Duratek common stock from Duratek over the next
four years.
In connection with the transaction, Carlyle has the right, through its preferred
stock, to elect a majority of Duratek's Board of Directors. Upon conversion of
the preferred stock, Carlyle would own approximately 50% of Duratek's common
stock if all of its options are exercised.
In April 1996, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of its Duratek common stock,
realized proceeds of $17,700,000 and recognized a gain of $12,200,000.
As a result of the above transactions, at December 31, 1996 the Company owns
approximately 1,820,000 shares of Duratek's common stock (approximately 15% of
the outstanding shares of common stock). The Company accounted for its
investment in Duratek on the equity basis from January 24, 1995 through the
first quarter of 1996. Commencing in April 1996, the Company accounts for its
investment in Duratek as a combination of marketable securities, long-term
investments and as long-term available-for-sale securities.
Duratek is an integrated environmental services and technology firm with
proprietary waste processing systems applicable to radioactive, hazardous, mixed
and other wastes.
3. GTS Duratek, Inc. (Continued)
The Company's investment in Duratek of approximately $4,121,000 as of December
31, 1995 is included in Investments and advances on the consolidated balance
sheet of which $2,447,000 represents the Company's percentage of underlying net
assets and $1,674,000 represents goodwill. The Company's share of Duratek's
income included in Investment and other income (expense), net is $31,000 in
1995. At December 31, 1996, the Company owned 1,820,000 shares of Duratek, of
which 250,000 shares have been classified as Marketable securities with a market
value of $3,250,000 (See Note 18). The Company's remaining investment of
approximately $5,113,000 as of December 31, 1996 is included in Investments and
advances on the consolidated balance sheet of which $2,925,000 or 225,000 shares
of Duratek common stock represents available-for-sale securities at market and
$2,188,000 or 1,345,000 shares of Duratek common stock represents long-term
investments at cost. The total market value of all Duratek shares owned by the
Company at December 31, 1996 was $23,660,000.
Condensed financial information for Duratek is as follows as of December 31,
1996 and 1995 and for the years then ended (in thousands):
1996 1995
---- ----
Current assets $66,196 $28,780
Non current assets 19,003 9,880
Current liabilities 4,035 4,665
Non current liabilities 11,188 10,123
Redeemable convertible preferred stock 14,829 14,609
Stockholders' equity 55,147 9,257
Revenues 44,285 40,418
Gross profit 9,087 8,197
Net income 557 60
4. Interferon Sciences, Inc.
Interferon Sciences, Inc. (ISI) is approximately 15% owned by the Company. It is
engaged in the manufacture and sale of ALFERON N Injection, ISI's first product
commercially approved by the FDA for the treatment of recurring and refractory
external genital warts, and the research and development of other alpha
interferon based products for the treatment of viral diseases, cancers and
diseases of the immune system.
<PAGE>
4. Interferon Sciences, Inc. (Continued)
In May 1996, the Company realized a $1,938,000 gain on issuance of stock by this
affiliate as a result of the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common stock by ISI
at $8.00 per share. Effective in the third quarter of 1996, the Company
accounted for its investment in ISI as a combination of long-term investments
carried at cost and as long-term available-for-sale equity securities carried at
market value.
In 1995, the Company realized a $2,775,000 gain on issuance of stock by this
affiliate, primarily as the result of the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of Common
Stock by ISI at $4.80 per share in August and September 1995.
All shares and per share information of ISI have been restated to reflect the
one for four reverse stock split of ISI effective on March 21, 1997.
Information relating to the Company's investment in ISI is as follows (in
thousands):
1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Included in Investments and advances:
Available-for-sale equity securities, at market $ 3,251 $
Securities at cost 2,375 2,837
Goodwill related to securities at cost 734 924
Total carrying amount 6,360 3,761
Number of shares owned 7,417 7,475
Market value of shares 12,285 14,016
Share of loss included in
Investment and other income (expenses), net (1,464) (1,953)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Condensed financial information for ISI is as follows as of December 31, 1996
and 1995 and for the years then ended (in thousands):
1996 1995
Current assets $22,299 $8,188
Non current assets 5,444 5,765
Current liabilities 2,369 1,126
Stockholders' equity 25,374 12,827
Revenues 2,092 1,296
Gross margin 692 (1,780)
Net loss (11,986) (7,372)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. American Drug Company
The Company owns approximately 54% of the outstanding common stock of American
Drug Company (ADC), which was organized in 1993 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company to initiate marketing activities for American generic pharmaceutical
and medical pharmaceuticals in Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States
(the "CIS"). ADC's subsidiary, NPD Trading (USA), Inc. provides consulting
services to Western businesses in Russia and Eastern Europe. ADC sells
American-made generic pharmaceutical and health care products under its own
label in Russia and the CIS.
In August 1994, pursuant to a Transfer and Distribution Agreement, the Company
distributed 46% of its interest in ADC to the Company's shareholders. In
addition, ADC issued warrants to the Company's shareholders to purchase its
stock for a period of two years, which were extended for an additional two
years, subject to cancellation under certain circumstances.
In July 1996, ADC issued convertible notes in the principal amount of $1,000,000
in a private offering. In connection with these notes, the Company issued
warrants to purchase 82,306 shares of its common stock provided that the
warrants may only be exercised utilizing the Notes (See Note 11(i)).
6. GSE Systems, Inc.
In March 1994, GP and SGLG contributed assets to a newly formed, multi party
joint venture, GSE Systems, Inc. (GSES), for 10% and 35% ownership interests in
the joint venture, respectively. GSES designs, develops and delivers business
and technology solutions by applying process control, data acquisition,
simulation, and business software, systems and services to the energy, process
and manufacturing industries worldwide. On August 1, 1995, GSES completed an
initial public offering of 1,725,000 shares (including an over-allotment option)
of its common stock at $14 per share. As a result of the offering, the Company
recognized a gain on issuance of stock by an affiliate of approximately
$3,137,000 and at December 31, 1996, controls 22% of GSES. The Company accounts
for its investment in GSES on the equity basis.
<PAGE>
6. GSE Systems, Inc. (Continued)
Information relating to the Company's investment in GSES is as follows (in
thousands):
1996 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Included in Investments and advances:
Underlying assets $ 5,484 $ 5,476
Goodwill 4,384 3,468
Total carrying amount 9,868 8,944
Number of shares controlled 1,125 1,125
Market value of shares 10,406 16,172
Equity in income included in Investment
and other income (expenses), net 924 1,237
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In May 1996, GSES completed a transaction that was accounted for as a pooling of
interests. As a result the condensed financial information as of December 31,
1995 and for the period then ended has been restated to reflect the transaction.
Condensed financial information for GSES is as follows as of December 31, 1996
and 1995 and for the years then ended (in thousands):
1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current assets $37,876 $44,178
Non current assets 13,130 10,510
Current liabilities 23,733 28,101
Non current liabilities 2,580 6,055
Stockholders' equity 24,693 20,532
Revenue 96,033 96,060
Gross profit 32,354 30,468
Net income 4,143 3,676
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Inventories
Inventories, consisting of material, labor and overhead, are classified as
follows (in thousands):
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Raw materials $ 793 $ 580
Work in process 210 219
Finished goods 22,190 19,645
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 23,193 $ 20,444
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land $ 173 $ 173
Buildings and improvements 1,374 1,374
Machinery and equipment 11,656 11,072
Furniture and fixtures 15,745 13,878
Leasehold improvements 7,097 6,870
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36,045 33,367
Accumulated depreciation and amortization (26,767) (24,374)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 9,278 $ 8,993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Short-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Line of Credit Agreement (a) $ 15,581 $14,593
Revolving Credit Agreement (b) 4,700 3,450
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 20,281 $ 18,043
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) In April 1993, Five Star Group, Inc. (Five Star) and MXL Industries, Inc.
(MXL) each entered into a revolving credit and term loan agreement (the "Five
Star Loan Agreement" and "MXL Loan Agreement"), which was amended on October 23,
1995 and September 30, 1996. The September 30, 1996 amendment extends the
Agreements to September 30, 1997. The Five Star Loan Agreement provided for a
$20,000,000 revolving credit facility (the "Five Star Revolving Credit
Facility") and a $5,000,000 loan (the "Five Star Term Loan"). The Five Star
Revolving Credit Facility is a committed facility which allows Five Star to
borrow amounts up to 50% of Eligible Inventory (as defined) and 80% of Eligible
Receivables (as defined) at an interest rate of 1% in excess of the prime rate.
At December 31, 1996, the interest rate was 9.25%. As of December 31, 1996,
$15,581,000 was borrowed under the Five Star Revolving Credit Facility and Five
Star had $210,000 available.
As of November 1, 1995, the Five Star Term Loan, which was $1,667,000 on October
30, 1995, was repaid in its entirety. The Five Star Revolving Credit Agreement
is secured by all of the assets of Five Star and 1,359,375 shares of common
stock of ISI and 1,062,500 shares of common stock of GP, which were contributed
to Five Star in connection with the forgoing transactions. 9. Short-term
borrowings (Continued)
The amended MXL Loan Agreement provides for a $4,500,000 term loan, which was
adjusted to a balance of $3,960,000 at November 1, 1995 (the "MXL Term Loan").
The MXL Revolving Credit Facility was terminated by the September 30, 1996
amendment. As of December 31, 1996, the balance of the MXL Term Loan was
$2,722,000. The amended MXL Term Loan is repayable in 16 quarterly payments of
approximately $247,500, which commenced on October 31, 1995. The MXL Term Loan
bears interest at 1.375% in excess of the prime rate, and was 9.625% at December
31, 1996. The facilities are secured by all of the assets (other than certain
equipment) of MXL and by 815,625 shares of common stock of ISI and 637,500
shares of common stock of GP, which were contributed to MXL in connection with
the forgoing transactions. On March 26, 1997, MXL entered into a new Revolving
Credit Agreement, replacing the above Term Loan (see Note 21).
The Five Star Revolving Credit Facility and Five Star Term Loan and the MXL Term
Loan are guaranteed by the Company. The amended Agreements, among other things,
limit the amount that Five Star and MXL may borrow from other sources, the
amount and nature of certain expenditures, acquisitions and sales of assets, and
the amount that Five Star and MXL can loan or dividend to the Company. Under the
terms of the amended agreements, MXL is allowed to lend Five Star and the
Company up to an additional $750,000 and $500,000, respectively. The agreements
have several covenants, including provisions regarding working capital, tangible
net worth, leverage and cash flow ratios. At December 31, 1996, Five Star was
not in compliance with their covenant relating to fixed asset additions. The
Company has received a waiver for this violation.
(b) On August 31, 1994, GP entered into a $20,000,000 secured revolving credit
agreement with a commercial bank. Borrowings under this agreement bore interest
at the prime rate. This agreement contained certain covenants, which among other
things, limited the amount and nature of certain expenditures and required GP to
maintain certain financial ratios.
<PAGE>
9. Short-term borrowings (Continued)
On April 7, 1995, the Company and GP entered into a new three year $20,000,000
secured revolving credit agreement with a commercial bank, and terminated the
above credit agreement. Borrowings under the new credit agreement bear interest
at the prime rate (8.25% at December 31, 1996) or 1.75% over LIBOR (5.5% at
December 31, 1996), whichever rate is elected by GP. The new credit agreement is
secured by the accounts receivable of GP and certain of its subsidiaries, and
contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the amount and
nature of certain expenditures by GP, and requires GP to maintain certain
financial ratios. At December 31, 1996, under the terms of the new credit
agreement, approximately $2,000,000 was available to the Company. At December
31, 1996, $4,700,000 was borrowed under the new credit agreement and there were
available borrowings of $15,151,000 under the agreement. On March 26, 1997, GP
entered into a new Revolving Credit Agreement, replacing the above agreement
(see Note 21).
10. Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in
thousands):
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts payable $ 12,893 $ 12,833
Payroll and related costs 5,012 4,130
Interest 211 425
Other 4,763 3,477
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 22,879 $ 20,865
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
11. Long-term debt
Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):
December 31, 1996 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8% Swiss Bonds, due 2000 (b) $ 2,189 $ 2,365
5% Convertible Bonds due 1999 (d) 1,755 2,249
8% Swiss Bonds due 1995 (a) 247
6% Convertible Swiss Bonds due 1995 (a) 494
5.75% Convertible Swiss Bonds due 1995 (a) 104
5.625% Convertible Swiss Bonds due 1996 (a) 538
7% Dual Currency Convertible Bonds due 1996 (a) 615
12% Subordinated Debentures due 1997 (e) 6,732 6,749
Term loan with banks (Note 9(a)) 2,722 3,713
Senior Subordinated Debentures (f) 811 827
Notes payable in connection with settlement
of litigation (g) 273 521
Term loan with bank (h) 4,000 5,000
7% Convertible Notes (i) 1,000
Equipment lease obligations (*) 634 510
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
20,116 23,932
Less current maturities 9,309 4,167
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 10,807 $ 19,765
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
(*) Secured by assets held under capital lease obligations.
(a) During the first quarter of 1996, the Company fully redeemed for cash, the
Company's common stock, or a combination of both cash and common stock the
following debt issues:
8% Swiss Bonds due 1995 6% Convertible Swiss Bonds due 1995
5.75% Convertible Swiss Bonds due 1995 5.625% Convertible
Swiss Bonds due 1996 7% Dual Currency Convertible Bonds due
1996
<PAGE>
11. Long-term debt (Continued)
(b) On June 28, 1995, the Company's Exchange Offer for certain issues of its
outstanding indebtedness expired. The Company accepted for exchange Swiss Francs
("SFr") 1,299,000 of its 8% Swiss Bonds due March 1, 1995, SFr. 1,120,000 of its
Convertible Swiss Bonds due March 7, 1995, SFr. 945,000 of its 5.75% Convertible
Bonds due May 9, 1995, SFr. 795,000 of its 5.625% Convertible Bonds due March
18, 1996, and $1,212,000 of its 7% Dual Currency Bonds due March 18, 1996. In
exchange for the forgoing bonds, the Company issued an aggregate of SFr.
3,604,000 of new 8% Swiss Bonds, due June 28, 2000 (the "New 8% Bonds") and paid
$2,873,000 in cash. The New 8% Bonds were valued at $2,340,000 (after an
original issue discount of 25%). The principal and interest on the New 8% Bonds
are payable either in cash or in shares of common stock of the Company, at the
option of the Company.
As a result of the Exchange Offer, the Company reduced its long-term debt due in
1995 and 1996 by $4,824,000 and realized a loss of $393,000 on the Exchange
Offer.
(c) In July 1994, as a result of an exchange offer, the Company received an
aggregate of SFr. 2,569,000 principal amount of its Swiss denominated bonds and
$1,377,000 of its 7% Dual Currency Convertible Bonds. In addition, the Company
completed four private transactions for SFr. 6,971,000 principal amount of its
Swiss denominated bonds and $159,000 of its 7% Dual Currency Convertible Bonds.
As a result of the above transactions, the Company issued approximately 852,000
shares of its common stock and reduced its long-term debt by approximately
$8,582,000.
(d) As a result of an exchange offer on July 12, 1993, the Company issued
$3,340,080 principal amount of New 5% Bonds which are convertible into 191,959
shares of the Common Stock. The Company recorded an original issue discount on
the New 5% Bonds of 10%. At December 31, 1996, $1,832,000 of the New 5% Bonds
were outstanding.
(e) During the third quarter of 1987, the Company issued $12,500,000 of
Subordinated Debentures (Debentures) which mature in 1997. Each $100 principal
amount Debenture was sold with warrants to purchase one share of the Company's
common stock at a price of $74.00 per share. In connection with the terms of the
Debentures, the Company is subject to certain covenants which limit the amount
that may be used for the payment of dividends and for the purchase of the
Company's outstanding equity securities (common or Class B). In September 1990,
under the terms of an Indenture, the Debentures became exchangeable for the
Company's Common Stock, for the remaining term of the Debentures, at a price of
approximately $20.00 per share. In 1996 and 1995 no Debentures were converted
into the Company's Common Stock. At December 31, 1996, the Debentures are
convertible into approximately 338,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. 11.
Long-term debt (Continued)
(f) In August 1994, GP, as a result of the acquisition of substantially all the
assets of SGLG (See Note 2), issued $15 million of 6% Senior Subordinated
Debentures, which have a carrying value of $11,578,000, net of a debt discount
of $3,422,000. The debentures are unsecured and require payments of interest
only on a quarterly basis through June 30, 1999, quarterly principal
installments of $525,000 plus interest through June 30, 2004 and the balance of
$4.5 million on June 30, 2004. The debentures are subordinated to borrowings
under the line of credit agreement. At December 31, 1996, the carrying value of
the debentures held by the Company was $10,767,000, which was eliminated in
consolidation, and the remaining $811,000 of debentures were held by the public.
(g) In March 1987, the Company and Ryder International Corporation (Ryder)
agreed to a settlement of litigation relating to the Company's CaridexR system.
Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company agreed to pay Ryder,
among other things, $300,000 per year (in cash or common stock of the Company)
for a ten year period commencing January 15, 1988, the present value of which is
discounted at 10%, and included in long-term debt.
(h) On April 7, 1995, the Company entered into a $5,000,000 Term Loan Agreement
with a bank, of which the Company received approximately $4,910,000 after
closing fees. The interest rate is at the bank's prime rate of interest plus 2%.
At December 31, 1996, the interest rate was 10.25%. The Term Loan is payable in
sixteen consecutive quarterly installments, commencing on June 30, 1996. The
first fifteen installments will be $250,000 and the last installment shall be
$1,250,000. The Company has used a portion of the proceeds in July 1995 to repay
and refinance certain of its Swiss denominated long-term debt due in 1995 and
1996. The Term Loan is secured by certain assets of the Company and requires the
Company to meet certain financial covenants. On March 26, 1997, the Company
entered into a new Revolving Credit Agreement, replacing the above Term Loan
Agreement (see Note 21).
(i) In July 1996, ADC issued convertible notes (the "Notes") in the principal
amount of $1,000,000 in a private offering (the "Offering"). ADC received net
proceeds of $950,000 from the Offering. The Notes mature on June 30, 2001, bear
interest at the rate of 7% per annum, and are convertible into shares of common
stock of ADC at a conversion price of $.25 per share. In connection with the
Offering, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 82,306 shares
of the Company's common stock, exercisable at a price of $12.15 per share,
provided that the warrants may only be exercised utilizing the Notes. In the
event that the closing price of the common stock of ADC is at least $1.00 per
share for at least 20 consecutive trading days, the Notes shall be subject to
redemption at the election of ADC, at a redemption price of 100% of the
principal amount called for redemption, together with accrued interest.
11. Long-term debt (Continued)
The Company and ADC have agreed that (i) if the Notes are used to exercise the
warrants prior to a default on the Notes, the Company will receive from ADC, in
exchange for the Notes shares of ADC's common stock at a price equal to 60% of
its then current market value, and (ii) if the Notes are used to exercise the
warrants after a default on the Notes, the Company will receive from ADC, in
exchange for the Notes shares of ADC's common stock at a price equal to 25% of
its then current market value.
Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 1996
for each of the next five years are as follows (in thousands):
1997 $9,309
1998 2,248
1999 3,652
2000 3,386
2001 1,181
12. Employee benefit plans
The Company has a Defined Benefit Pension Plan (the Plan) for employees of
certain divisions and subsidiaries. Benefits are based primarily on years of
service and a fixed rate of benefits per year of service. Contributions are
intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also
for those expected to be earned in the future.
Benefits under the Plan were frozen as of December 31, 1991. As of January 1,
1992, no new enrollments were permitted under the Plan and no further benefits
were accrued. Accrued vested benefits will be paid to terminated participants in
the form of a lump sum distribution in cases where the accrued vested benefit is
less than $3,500. Terminated participants can elect a lump sum distribution if
the accrued vested benefit is greater than $3,500 but less than $7,500. In the
event that the accrued vested benefit exceeds the $7,500 payable limit as
outlined in the Plan, payment will be deferred until a terminated vested
participant reaches age 65 or elects early retirement, at age 60 or later.
During 1997, the Company has announced its intention to terminate the Plan. The
Plan will be terminated effective October 31, 1996, with settlement expected in
1997. It is intended that the termination will be a "standard termination" as
defined by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC"). In order to
terminate the Plan in a standard termination, Plan assets must be sufficient to
provide all benefit obligations under the Plan.
12. Employee benefit plans (Continued)
The Company will provide additional funding to the Plan such that Plan assets
will be sufficient to satisfy all benefit liabilities under the Plan, with
respect to each participant and each beneficiary of a deceased participant. This
will be accomplished by the purchase of irrevocable annuity contracts from an
insurer, or by an alternative form of distribution provided for under the Plan.
The Plan Sponsor has determined that approximately $1,067,000 will be required
to fully fund the Plan to satisfy its benefit obligations. This amount has been
accrued in the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 1996.
The pension expense amounted to $400,000, $26,000 and $31,000, for 1996, 1995
and 1994, respectively.
The following table sets forth the funded status of the plan and the amount
recognized in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actuarial present value of benefit plan obligations:
Accumulated benefit obligation (including
<S> <C> <C> <C>
vested benefits of $5,549, $5,365 and $4,436) $ (5,549) $ (5,890) $(4,469)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligation for service
rendered to date $ (5,549) $ (5,890) $(4,469)
Plan assets at fair value 4,482 4,353 3,405
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligation in excess
of plan assets (1,067) (1,537) (1,064)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience
different from that assumed 911
Minimum pension liability (911)
Accrued pension cost included in
accounts payable and accrued expenses
in the consolidated balance sheets $(1,067) $(1,537) $(1,064)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The net periodic pension expense is as follows:
Service cost-benefits earned $ $ $
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations 376 420 360
Actual return on plan assets (320) (424) (350)
Net amortization and deferral and other 344 30 21
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension expense $ 400 $ 26 $ 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
12. Employee benefit plans (Continued)
The Company's assumptions used as of December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 in
determining the pension cost and pension cost liability shown above were as
follows:
1996 1995 1994
Percent
Discount rate 7.25 7.25 8.25
Long-term rate of return on assets 10.00 10.00 10.00
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 87 (FASB No. 87) requires
that a company record an additional minimum pension liability to the extent that
a company's accumulated pension benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of
pension plan assets and accrued pension liabilities. This additional minimum
pension liability is offset by an intangible asset, not to exceed prior service
costs of the pension plan. Amounts in excess of prior service costs are
reflected as a reduction in stockholders' equity.
Effective March 1, 1992, the Company adopted the 1992 401(K) Savings Plan (the
Savings Plan). Effective December 31, 1991, the Plan participants would no
longer accrue benefits under the Defined Benefit Pension Plan, but became
eligible to participate in the Company's Savings Plan.
The Company's Savings Plan is available to employees who have completed one year
of service; however, past vesting service credit was recognized for employees
who participated in the Savings Plan at the date of initial enrollment, March 1,
1992.
<PAGE>
12. Employee benefit plans (Continued)
The Savings Plan permits pre-tax contributions to the Savings Plan by
participants pursuant to Section 401(K) of the Internal Revenue Code of 2% to 6%
of base compensation. The Company matches 40% of the participants' eligible
contributions based on a formula set forth in the Savings Plan. Participants are
fully vested in their contributions and may withdraw such contributions at time
of employment termination, or at age 59 1/2 or earlier in the event of financial
hardship. Amounts otherwise are paid at retirement or in the event of death or
disability. Employer contributions vest at a rate of 20% per year.
The Savings Plan is administered by a trustee appointed by the Board of
Directors of the Company and all contributions are held by the trustee and
invested at the participants' direction in various mutual funds. The Company's
expense associated with the Savings Plan was $246,000, $223,000 and $285,000 in
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
13. Income taxes
For U.S. Federal income tax purposes, a parent corporation with an 80% or
greater equity interest in its subsidiary may file a consolidated tax return.
Accordingly, the Company and its greater than 80% owned subsidiaries will file a
consolidated Federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 1996. The
subsidiaries in which the Company has an equity ownership between 50% and 80%,
are consolidated for financial reporting purposes, but file separate U.S.
Federal income tax returns for the year ended December 31, 1996.
<PAGE>
13. Income taxes (Continued)
The components of pretax income (loss) are as follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continuing operations $ 11,244 $ 5,819 $ (10,648)
Discontinued operation (2,941) (2,574)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations are as
follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current
State and local $ 315 $ 221 $ 283
Federal tax expense 1,409 37
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,724 258 283
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred
State and local 39 206 11
Federal tax expense (benefit) (1,899) 1,323 455
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1,860) 1,529 466
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ (136) $1,787 $ 749
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The difference between the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory
rate and the reported amount of tax expense attributable to consolidated
earnings from continuing operations is as follows:
December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal income tax rate 35.0% 35.0% (35.0)%
State and local taxes net of
Federal benefit 2.0 4.8 2.0
Items not deductible - primarily
amortization of goodwill 4.8 14.0 6.0
Net operating loss utilization (25.0)
Valuation allowance adjustment (19.0) (22.6)
GP acquisition of SGLG 33.0
Other 1.0 (.5) 1.0
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective tax rate (1.2%) 30.7% 7.0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
13. Income taxes (Continued)
In 1994, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $749,000. The current
income tax provision of $283,000 reflected above, represents the estimated taxes
payable by the Company for the year ended December 31, 1994. The deferred income
tax provision of $466,000 represents the deferred taxes of GP, the Company's
then 51% owned subsidiary.
In 1995, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $1,787,000. The current
income tax provision of $258,000 reflected above, represents the estimated taxes
payable by the Company for the year ended December 31, 1995. The deferred income
tax provision of $1,529,000 represents the deferred taxes of GP, the Company's
then 51% owned subsidiary.
In 1996, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $136,000. The current
income tax provision of $1,724,000 reflected above, represents the estimated
taxes payable by GP, the Company's 52% owned subsidiary. The deferred income tax
benefit of $1,860,000 results from utilization of net operating loss carryovers
and a reduction in the valuation allowance, among other factors. The decrease of
$2,673,000 in the valuation allowance in 1996 was attributable in part to the
utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards, and to the
Company's expectation of generating sufficient taxable income that will allow
for the realization of a portion of its deferred tax assets.
In 1996, $1,307,000 of deferred tax expense is reflected in stockholders' equity
as a result of the unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities.
As of December 31, 1996, the Company has approximately $18,131,000 of net
operating loss carryovers consisting of $14,744,000 with respect to net
operating losses generated from the Company's consolidated tax return and
$3,387,000 generated by ADC as a separate tax filer for Federal income tax
return purposes. These carryovers expire in the years 2001 through 2010. In
addition, the Company has approximately $3,600,000 of available credit
carryovers of which approximately $2,800,000 expire in the years 1998 through
2003, and approximately $800,000 of which may be carried over indefinitely.
The decrease in the valuation allowance in 1995 was attributable to various
adjustments that affect the 1995 income tax provision as well as the
deconsolidation of Duratek. The deconsolidation of Duratek resulted in a
decrease in deferred tax assets and a corresponding decrease in the valuation
allowance. Such adjustment had no effect on the 1995 income tax provision.
<PAGE>
13. Income taxes (Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax
bases of assets and liabilities that are included in the net deferred tax assets
are summarized as follows:
December 31, 1996 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable, principally due
to allowance for doubtful accounts $ 663 $ 799
Inventory 165 57
Lawsuit settlements 117 234
Accrued expenses 495 929
Other accrued liabilities 66
Net operating loss carryforwards 7,037 9,028
Tax credit carryforwards 3,627 2,784
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets 12,104 13,897
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, principally due to
differences in depreciation 1,088 1,274
Unrealized exchange gain 1,272 1,139
Prepaid expenses 157 129
Unrealized marketable security gain 2,404 1,243
Investment in partially owned companies 1,109 1,918
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities 6,030 5,703
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets 6,074 8,194
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Less valuation allowance (5,575) (8,248)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset (liability) $ 499 $ (54)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Included in the balance sheets as:
Current liabilities * $ (344) $ (54)
Deferred tax asset 843
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 499 $ (54)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
* Relates to GP, a 52% owned subsidiary, not included in the Company's
consolidated Federal income tax return.
<PAGE>
13. Income taxes (Continued)
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets
is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled
reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax
planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the Company's
projection of future taxable income, attributable in part to the merger with GP
(see Note 2) which will allow GP to be included in the consolidated tax return
of the Company, and to unrealized gains on the Company's investments, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits
of deferred tax assets of $843,000, and has recorded this amount as an asset as
of December 31, 1996.
14. Discontinued operation
In December 1994, the Company decided to sell its Eastern Electronics
Manufacturing Corporation (Eastern) subsidiary, which was the only company in
the Electronics segment. As a result of the decision to sell Eastern, the
Company reflected Eastern as a discontinued operation. In 1994, the Company
wrote down various assets to their estimated net realizable value and recorded a
$100,000 reserve for the cost of discontinuing Eastern, totaling $1,570,000. Net
realizable value of the segment's fixed assets was estimated based upon a prior
appraisal and net realizable value of the segment's inventories was estimated
based upon negotiations with a prospective purchaser in a bulk sale transaction.
Goodwill was written off as non-recoverable. The total loss for discontinued
operation recognized in 1994 was $2,574,000, of which $1,789,000, which included
an $800,000 write-down of inventories, was from operations and $785,000 was a
loss on disposal, which was comprised of: (a) a $200,000 write-down of property
and equipment; (b) a $485,000 write-off of goodwill relating to Eastern; (c)
$100,000 for expected losses through the date of disposal. In 1995, the Company
recognized a loss from discontinued operation of $2,941,000, of which a total of
$2,610,000 was a loss on disposal incurred on the sale of inventory
($1,550,000), write-offs of accounts receivable ($360,000) and sales of fixed
assets ($700,000). At the time the Company adopted a plan of disposal in
December 1994, the Company was in negotiations to sell a substantial portion of
its specific use inventory. These negotiations subsequently broke off and the
Company therefore fully reserved this inventory in 1995.
<PAGE>
14. Discontinued operation (Continued)
The December 31, 1994 estimated net realizable value of Eastern's fixed assets
was based upon a prior appraisal, but the actual sale in 1995 resulted in less
proceeds than prior estimates. Receivable write-offs in 1995 were caused when
the Company liquidated its assets rather than selling its inventory as part of a
continuing business, therefore making it more difficult to collect the
outstanding receivables. In addition, $331,000 in operating expenses were
incurred during 1995. The Company sold or otherwise liquidated substantially all
of Eastern's assets during 1995 and 1996. At December 31, 1995, the segment's
current assets, consisting principally of trade receivables, were stated at
estimated net realizable value based upon a review of collectibility. The
carrying amount of property and equipment was determined based on discussions
with prospective buyers.
The consolidated statements of operations have been restated for all years
presented to report the results of discontinued operations for Eastern
separately from continuing operations and where applicable, related notes to the
consolidated financial statements exclude the amounts for discontinued
operations.
Assets and liabilities of Eastern included in the consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 1995 were as follows (in thousands):
Current assets $ 250
Current liabilities 120
Property and equipment 100
15. Common Stock, stock options, warrants and other shares reserved
(a) On September 20, 1995, the Company's stockholders and Board of Directors
approved the proposal to amend the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to effect a one-for-four reverse stock split of its common stock.
The reverse stock split was effective on October 6, 1995 (the "Effective Date").
As of September 20, 1995, there were 27,115,240 shares of common stock
outstanding and after the Effective Date there were approximately 6,778,810
shares of common stock outstanding.
On the Effective Date, the shares of common stock held by stockholders of record
were converted into the amount of whole shares of new common stock equal to the
number of their shares divided by four, with any fractional shares rounded up to
the next whole share.
<PAGE>
15. Common Stock, stock options, warrants and other shares reserved (Continued)
The balance sheet at December 31, 1995 and as well as the earnings (loss) per
share for the years ended December 31, 1995, and 1994 have been restated to
reflect the reverse split as if it had occurred on January 1, 1994.
(b) Under the Company's non-qualified stock option plan, employees and certain
other parties may be granted options to purchase shares of common stock. The
options may be granted at a price not less than 85% of the fair market value of
the common stock on the date of grant and are exercisable over periods not
exceeding ten years from the date of grant. Shares of common stock are also
reserved for issuance pursuant to other agreements, as described below. Changes
in options and warrants outstanding during 1994, 1995, and 1996, options and
warrants exercisable and shares reserved for issuance at December 31, 1994,
1995, and 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock
Options and warrants Price Range Number Weighted-Average
outstanding per share of shares Exercise Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1993 $ 9.00 - 24.00 1,094,359
Granted
Exercised 9.00 (10,774)
Terminated 9.00 - 18.00 (6,570)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1994 9.00 - 24.00 1,077,015
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted 8.375- 8.50 451,239 $ 8.41
Exercised
Terminated 9.00 - 20.50 (651,182) 12.16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1995 8.375- 24.00 877,072 9.03
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted 7.69 - 10.00 551,657 9.31
Exercised 8.375 - 9.00 (800) 8.51
Terminated 8.375 - 22.50 (232,536) 9.55
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 7.69 - 24.00 1,195,393 9.05
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options and warrants exercisable
December 31, 1994 9.00 - 24.00 1,072,228
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1995 8.375- 24.00 770,685 9.07
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 8.375 - 22.50 1,023,158 8.85
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares reserved for issuance
December 31, 1994 3,339,368
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1995 2,106,665
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 3,523,960
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
15. Common Stock, stock options, warrants and other shares reserved (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class B Capital Stock
Options and warrants Price Range Number Weighted-Average
outstanding per share of shares Exercise Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
December 31, 1993 $ 9.00 387,500
Granted
Exercised
Terminated
- ----------
December 31, 1994 9.00 387,500
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted 8.50 125,000 $ 8.50
Exercised
Terminated
- ----------
December 31, 1995 8.50 - 9.00 512,500 8.88
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Granted 8.69 375,000 8.69
Exercised
Terminated
- ----------
December 31, 1996 8.50 -9.00 887,500 8.80
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options and warrants exercisable
December 31, 1994 9.00 387,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1995 8.50 -9.00 512,500 8.91
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 8.50 -9.00 595,625 8.87
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares reserved for issuance
December 31, 1994 387,500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1995 512,500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 950,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1996, the weighted average remaining contractual life of all
outstanding options was 3.8 years.
<PAGE>
15. Common Stock, stock options, warrants and other shares reserved (Continued)
At December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, options outstanding included 629,334,
629,334 and 504,334 shares for two officers who are principal shareholders of
the Company.
Class B Capital stock aggregating 887,500, 512,500 and 387,500 shares at
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, were reserved for issuance to
these same two officers in 1995 and 1994 and for three officers of the Company,
two of whom are principal shareholders of the Company, at December 31, 1996.
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and the holders
of Class B capital stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters
without distinction between classes, except when approval of a majority of each
class is required by statute. The Class B capital stock is convertible at any
time, at the option of the holders of such stock, into shares of common stock on
a share-for-share basis. Common shares reserved for issuance at December 31,
1996, 1995, and 1994 include 950,000, 512,500 and 387,500 shares, respectively
in connection with Class B shares. At December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, shares
reserved for issuance were primarily related to shares reserved for options,
warrants and the conversion of long-term debt.
Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for its stock option plan in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of grant only if the
current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. On
January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, which permits entities to recognize as expense over the vesting
period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant.
Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to continue to apply the
provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net income and pro forma
earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and
future years as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been
applied. The Company has elected to continue to apply the provisions of APB
Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plan and, accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized for its stock options in the financial statements.
<PAGE>
15. Common Stock, stock options, warrants and other shares reserved (Continued)
Had the Company determined compensation cost based on the fair value at the
grant date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands):
1996 1995
---- ----
Net income (loss) As reported $11,380 $1,012
Pro forma 9,927 (416)
Earnings (loss) per share As reported 1.54 .15
Pro forma 1.34 (.06)
Pro forma net income reflects only options granted in 1996 and 1995. Therefore,
the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options under SFAS
No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net income amounts presented above
because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting period of 5
years and compensation cost for options granted prior to January 1, 1995 is not
considered.
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the per share weighted-average fair value of
stock options granted was $3.64 and $3.94, respectively on the date of grant
using the modified Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following
weighted-average assumptions: 1996 - expected dividend yield 0%, risk-free
interest rate of 6%, expected volatility of 39.1%, and an expected life of 4.5
years; 1995 - expected dividend yield 0%, risk-free interest rate of 5.9%,
expected volatility of 44.9%, and an expected life of 4.5 years.
16. Business segments
The operations of the Company consist of the following business segments:
Physical Science Group - engineering, environmental, training, analytical, and
technical support services to commercial nuclear and fossil power utilities, the
U.S. Department of Defense and Energy, Fortune 500 companies and other
commercial and governmental customers; Distribution Group - wholesale
distribution of home decorating, hardware and finishing products; Optical
Plastics Group - the manufacture and distribution of coated and molded plastic
products.
<PAGE>
16. Business segments (Continued)
The following tables set forth the sales and operating results attributable to
each line of business and include a reconciliation of the groups' sales to
consolidated sales and operating results to consolidated income (loss) from
operations before income taxes, discontinued operation and extraordinary item
for the periods presented (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Physical Science $117,183 $107,549 $118,421
Distribution 76,102 65,098 75,551
Optical Plastics 8,781 10,949 9,290
Other 1,734 1,429 1,512
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$203,800 $185,025 $204,774
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating results
Physical Science $ 6,504 $ 4,854 $ 5,053
Distribution 1,767 1,374 1,484
Optical Plastics 1,485 2,661 2,227
Other (principally American
Drug Company) (1,287) (1,575) (1,854)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating profit (loss) 8,469 7,314 6,910
Interest expense (4,358) (5,019) (6,458)
Indirect administrative expenses (at the
holding company level), net of gains
or losses from dispositions of
investments, minority interests,
foreign currency exchange gains or
losses, and other revenue 7,133 3,524 (11,100)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) from operations before
income taxes, discontinued operation
and extraordinary item $ 11,244 $ 5,819 $ (10,648)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
16. Business segments (Continued)
Operating profits represent gross revenues less operating expenses. In computing
operating profits, none of the following items have been added or deducted;
general corporate expenses at the holding company level, foreign currency
transaction gains and losses, investment income and interest expense. General
corporate expenses at the holding company level, which are primarily salaries,
occupancy costs, professional fees and costs associated with being a publicly
traded company, totaled approximately $6,170,000, $6,173,000 and $6,177,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 respectively. For the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, sales to the United States government
and its agencies represented approximately 27%, 31% and 23%, respectively, of
sales.
Additional information relating to the Company's business segments is as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Physical Science $ 83,414 $ 82,022 $ 104,572
Distribution 47,243 44,400 42,879
Optical Plastics 12,453 12,267 11,552
Corporate and other 32,917 12,681 12,104
Assets relating to discontinued operation 350 4,439
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$176,027 $151,720 $175,546
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additions to property,
plant, and equipment, net
Physical Science $ 1,976 $ 1,555 $ 2,599
Distribution 522 352 1,336
Optical Plastics 201 565 189
Corporate and other (21) 39 62
Discontinued operation, net (505) (180)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 2,678 $ 2,006 $ 4,006
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31, 1996 1995 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization
Physical Science $ 2,404 $ 1,785 $ 3,523
Distribution 1,125 1,069 1,000
Optical Plastics 66 788 839
Corporate and other 474 674 503
Discontinued operation 198
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 4,069 $ 4,316 $ 6,063
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
17. Fair value of financial instruments
Identifiable assets by industry segment are those assets that are used in the
Company's operations in each segment. Corporate and other assets are principally
cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and unallocated intangibles.
The carrying value of financial instruments including cash, short-term
investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings
approximate estimated market values because of short maturities and interest
rates that approximate current rates.
The carrying values of investments, other than those accounted for on the equity
basis, approximate fair values based upon quoted market prices. The investments
for which there is no quoted market price are not significant.
The estimated fair value for the Company's major long-term debt components are
as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1996 December 31, 1995
Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated
amount fair value amount fair value
<C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
8% Swiss Bonds due 2000 $ 2,189 $ 1,883 $ 2,365 $ 1,987
Other Swiss Bonds 1,383 1,176
5% Convertible Bonds 1,755 1,632 2,249 2,092
7% Dual Currency Convertible
Bonds 615 553
12% Subordinated Debentures 6,732 5,386 6,749 4,859
7% Convertible Note 1,000 1,000
Other long-term debt 8,440 8,440 10,571 10,571
</TABLE>
Limitations. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on
relevant market information and information about the financial instrument.
These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters
of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
<PAGE>
18. Accounting for certain investments in debt and equity securities
The Company's marketable securities consist of corporate equity securities which
are included in both Marketable securities, which are expected to be sold within
one year, and Investments and advances on the consolidated balance sheet. The
Company classifies these equity securities as either trading or
available-for-sale and records the securities at their fair value. Trading
securities are held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near
term. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in
earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities
are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of
stockholders' equity until realized.
A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that
is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings resulting in the
establishment of a new cost basis for the security. In 1995, the Company
recognized a permanent impairment in one of its available-for-sale securities as
a result of receipt of a tender offer at a price below the Company's carrying
cost, and recorded a loss of $785,000 to adjust the carrying amount to the
tender offer price, which loss is included in Investment and other income
(expense), net. In July 1996, the Company recognized a $4,000,000 loss on the
Company's investments in American White Cross, Inc. (AWC) due to AWC filing for
protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-for-sale are
included in earnings and are derived using the average cost method for
determining the cost of securities sold.
In April 1996, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of Duratek common stock,
including 250,000 shares that were included in marketable securities at December
31, 1995. As a result, the Company realized proceeds of $17,700,000 and
recognized a gain of $12,200,000. In 1995, the Company recognized a $3,183,000
gain on the transfer of the 250,000 shares of Duratek common stock to marketable
securities, representing the excess of the quoted market value of such shares on
the date of transfer over the Company's cost. In the second half of 1996, the
Company transferred an additional 250,000 shares from long-term investments
available- for- sale, to trading securities, resulting in the recognition of a
$3,314,000 gain, representing the net excess of the quoted market price of such
shares at December 31, 1996, over the Company's cost at the time of transfer and
subsequent changes in market value of these shares. At December 31, 1996, the
Company was permitted to sell approximately 475,000 shares of Common Stock of
Duratek pursuant to various agreements. At December 31, 1996, the Company had
determined to sell promptly 250,000 shares of its Duratek Common Stock in 1997
pursuant to various agreements, and therefore, classified such securities in the
trading category.
<PAGE>
18. Accounting for certain investments in debt and equity securities
(Continued)
The gross unrealized holding gains (losses) and fair value for
available-for-sale securities were as follows (in thousands):
Gross
unrealized holding
Cost Gains (losses) Fair Value
Available-for-sale equity securities:
December 31, 1996 $1,601 $4,722 $ (91) $6,232
December 31, 1995 $2,210 $(1,440) $ 770
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Differences between cost and market of $3,324,000 (net of taxes of $1,307,000)
at December 31, 1996 were credited to a separate component of shareholders'
equity called Net unrealized investment gain on available-for-sale securities.
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities were $13,275,000 and
$2,774,000 in 1996 and 1994, respectively. Gross realized gains included in
income in 1996 and 1994 were $9,150,000 and $463,000, respectively.
The Company did not realize any gains or losses on available-for-sale securities
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
19. Impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived assets to be disposed of
The Company adopted the Provisions of SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, on
January 1, 1996. This Statement requires that long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected
to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed
of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount of fair value less costs to
sell. Adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company's
financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
<PAGE>
20. Commitments and contingencies
(a) The Company has several noncancellable leases which cover real property,
machinery and equipment and certain manufacturing facilities. Such leases expire
at various dates with, in some cases, options to extend their terms.
Minimum rentals under long-term operating leases are as follows(in thousands):
Real Machinery &
property equipment Total
1997 $ 4,206 $ 1,214 $ 5,420
1998 3,524 1,205 4,729
1999 2,712 1,075 3,787
2000 2,547 532 3,079
2001 2,116 213 2,329
After 2001 6,526 206 6,732
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $21,631 $4,445 $26,076
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Several of the leases contain provisions for rent escalation based primarily on
increases in real estate taxes and operating costs incurred by the lessor. Rent
expense for real and personal property was approximately $6,745,143, $5,598,000
and $8,115,000 for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
(b) In February 1986, Duratek completed its initial public offering of common
stock. In connection with Duratek's public offering, the Company issued to
certain officers of Duratek and the Company 358,609 options for the purchase of
Duratek common stock owned by the Company at a price equal to the greater of (a)
$1.75 per share or (b) the net book value per share of Duratek's common stock as
of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter which ends not less
than 60 days before the date of exercise of such option. In 1991, an additional
270,000 options for the purchase of Duratek common stock owned by the Company at
a price of $1.90 per share were issued to certain employees and officers of the
Company. In 1994, an additional 20,000 options were granted at a price of $3.50
per share. Through December 31, 1996, 236,136 options under the plan were
exercised, 43,723 were canceled, and at December 31, 1996, 360,750 options are
currently exercisable and 368,750 options are currently outstanding. At December
31, 1996, the Company owned approximately 15% of Duratek (See Note 3).
<PAGE>
20. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)
(c) The Company is party to several lawsuits and claims incidental to its
business, including claims regarding environmental matters, one of which is in
the early stages of investigation. It is not possible at the present time to
estimate the ultimate legal and financial liability, if any, of the Company in
respect to such litigation and claims; however, management believes that the
ultimate liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
21. Subsequent event
On March 26, 1997, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, GP and MXL,
entered into a three year secured $25,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement, with a
syndicate of three banks. The Agreement replaces the MXL Loan Agreement (see
Note 9(a)), the GP Revolving Credit Agreement (see Note 9(b)) and the Company's
Term Loan Agreement (see Note 11(h)). The Agreement bears interest at the prime
rate or 1.75% over LIBOR. The borrowing formula is based upon eligible accounts
receivable of GP and MXL, as well as various corporate assets. Under the
Agreement, the full $25,000,000 of the Revolving Credit Agreement would be
available to the Company and/or GP and MXL. At March 26,1997, the amount
outstanding was approximately $13,200,000.
<PAGE>
National Patent Supplementary Data
Development Corporation
and Subsidiaries
<TABLE>
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>
(unaudited) (in thousands, except per share data)
three months ended
March 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec.31, March 31, June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
1996 1996 1996 1996 1995 1995 1995 1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales ............................$ 48,156 $ 51,048 $ 53,332 $ 51,264 $ 46,552 $ 48,416 $ 47,551 $ 42,506
Gross margin ..................... 7,092 7,744 8,077 7,329 7,270 7,832 8,107 5,113
Income (loss) before
discontinued operation
and extraordinary item .......... 83 10,803 752 (258) 946 (910) 3,081 915
Net income (loss) ................ 83 10,803 752 (258) 447 (1,542) 1,979 128
Earnings (loss) per share: *
Before discontinued operation and
extraordinary item .............. .01 1.43 .10 (.03) .15 (.14) .45 .14
Net income (loss) ................ .01 1.43 .10 (.03) .07 (.23) .29 .02
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*All periods have been restated to reflect the effect of the one-for-four
reverse stock split.
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There have been no Reports on Form 8-K filed within 24 months prior to
the date of the most recent financial statements reporting a change of
accountants and/or reporting a disagreement on any matter of accounting
principle or financial statement disclosure.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Information with respect to the directors of the Company is
incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement
pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information with respect Executive Compensation is incorporated herein
by reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation
14A, which proxy statement will be filed not later than 120 days after the end
of the fiscal year covered by this Report.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Information with respect to Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive proxy
statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed not
later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Information with respect to Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the Company's definitive
proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which proxy statement will be filed
not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report.
<PAGE>
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
(a)(1)The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES:
Page
Independent Auditors' Report 31
Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets -
December 31, 1996 and 1995 32
Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 34
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity -
Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 36
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 38
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 41
(a)(3) Exhibits
Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors
(b) The Registrant filed Reports on Form 8-K on November 19, 1996 and on
December 18, 1996 with respect to the merger of General Physics Corporation with
National Patent which reports contained Pro Forma Financial Information with
respect to such merger transaction
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION
Jerome I. Feldman
President and Chief
Executive Officer
Dated: March 28, 1997
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures Title
Jerome I. Feldman President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Martin M. Pollak Executive Vice President
and Treasurer and Director
Scott N. Greenberg Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer and Director
Ogden R. Reid Director
<PAGE>
E-4
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this
Report.
SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO. DOCUMENT PAGE NO.
3.1 Amendment to the Registrant's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation filed on
January 24, 1997.*
3.2 Amended By-Laws of the Registrant.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii)
of the Registrants Form 10-Q for the first
quarter ended March 31, 1995. On Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1986.
10.1 1973 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of the
Registrant, as amended on November 19, 1996.*
10.2 Swiss Public Bond Issue Agreement dated as
of February 8, 1985 between the Registrant
and a consortium of Swiss banks.
Incorporated by reference to the
Registrant's Form 8-K filed on March 8, 1985.
10.3 Swiss Public Bond Issue Agreement dated as
of May 9, 1985, between the Registrant and a
consortium of Swiss banks. Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the
Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1985.
10.4 Swiss Public Bond Issue Agreement dated as
of February 28, 1986, between the Registrant
and a consortium of Swiss Banks.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.38 of the Registrant's Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1985.
10.5 Registrant's 401(k) Savings Plan, dated
January 29, 1992, effective March 1, 1992.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.12 of the Registrant's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1991.
10.6 $25,000,000 Secured Revolving Credit and
Term Loan Agreement by and among Five Star
Group, Inc., National Westminster Bank, USA,
United Jersey Bank/Central, N.A., and
National Westminster Bank, N.J., as agent,
dated April 29, 1993. Incorporated herein
by reference to the Registrants Form 8-K
dated July 12, 1993.
10.7 $6,000,000 Secured Revolving Credit and Term
Loan Agreement by and among MXL Industries,
Inc., National Westminster Bank, USA, United
Jersey Bank/Central, N.A., and National
Westminster Bank, N.J., as agent, dated
April 29, 1993. Incorporated herein by
reference to the Registrants Form 8-K dated
July 12, 1993.
10.8 Amendment dated October 23, 1995 to the Loan
Agreement dated April 29, 1993 between Five
Star Group, Inc. and NatWest Bank N.A.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.1 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
third quarter ended September 30, 1995.
<PAGE>
10.9 Amendment and Supplement dated October 23,
1995 to the Loan Agreement dated April 29,
1993 between MXL Industries, Inc. and
NatWest Bank N.A. Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
Registrant's Form 10-Q for the third quarter
ended September 30, 1995.
<PAGE>
10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January
24, 1995 among Carlyle Partners II, L.P.,
Carlyle International Partners III, L.P.,
C/S International Partners, Carlyle-GTSD
Partners, L.P., Carlyle-GTSD Partners II,
L.P. and GTS Duratek, Inc. and the
Registrant. Incorporated herein by
reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Form 8-K
dated January 24, 1995.
10.11 Stockholders Agreement dated as of January
24, 1995 by and among GTS Duratek, Inc.,
Carlyle Partners II, L.P., Carlyle
International Partners III, L.P., C/S
International Partners, Carlyle-GTS
Partners, L.P., and the Registrant.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to the Registrants Form 8-K dated
January 24, 1995.
10.12 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
January 24, 1995 by and among GTS Duratek,
Inc., Carlyle Partners II, L.P., Carlyle
International Partners III, L.P., C/S
International Partners, Carlyle-GTS
Partners, L.P., and the Registrant.
Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
Registrants Form 8-K dated January 24, 1995.
<PAGE>
10.13 $25,000,000 Credit Agreement dated March 26,
1997 by and among National Patent
Development Corporation, General Physics
Corporation, GP Environmental Services,
Inc., General Physics Federal Systems, Inc.
and MXL Industries, Inc. the banks signatory
thereto and Fleet Bank, National Association
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
for such banks.*
<PAGE>
13 Not Applicable
18 Not Applicable
19 Not Applicable
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
22 Not Applicable
23 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
Independent Auditors*
27 Not Applicable
28 Not Applicable
* Filed herewith.
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1996
<CASH> 22,677,000
<SECURITIES> 3,250,000
<RECEIVABLES> 42,788,000
<ALLOWANCES> (2,155,000)
<INVENTORY> 23,193,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 102,681,000
<PP&E> 36,045,000
<DEPRECIATION> (26,767,000)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 176,027,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 60,990,000
<BONDS> 10,807,000
0
0
<COMMON> 75,000
<OTHER-SE> 93,954,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 176,027,000
<SALES> 203,800,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 207,556,000
<CGS> 173,588,000
<TOTAL-COSTS> 32,078,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES> (13,862,000)
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 4,358,000
<INCOME-PRETAX> 11,244,000
<INCOME-TAX> (136,000)
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 11,380,000
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 11,380,000
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.54
<EPS-DILUTED> 0
</TABLE>
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
National Patent Development Corporation, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY to the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
that:
FIRST: The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is
hereby amended by:
A. Deleting the first sentence of Article FOURTH of the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, and by substituting in lieu thereof the following:
"FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is thirty-seven million eight
hundred thousand (37,800,000) shares of which twenty-five million
(25,000,000) are to be Common Stock with a par value of One Cent ($.01 per
share (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"); of which two million eight
hundred thousand (2,800,000) shares are to be Class B Capital Stock with a
par value of One Cent ($.01)per share (hereinafter called the "Class B
Capital Stock"); and of which ten million (10,000,000) shares are to be
Preferred Stock with a par value of One Cent ($.01) per share (hereinafter
called the "Preferred Stock"), to be issued in such series and with such
terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine."
B. Adding a New Article THIRTEENTH to the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, as follows:
"THIRTEENTH: The Corporation and/or its subsidiaries shall have the right
to redeem shares of Common Stock issued on or after January 27, 1997
beneficially owned by foreign persons and/or require such stockholder to
dispose of their interest in shares of Common Stock in the following
circumstances:
The Corporation and/or its subsidiaries has entered into certain
subcontracts with contractors who have entered into contracts with the
United States Department of Energy ("DOE") and have entered into certain
contracts directly with the United States Department of Defense ("DOD")
which involved classified information. In the event that the DOE or the
DOD (or any successor agency) threatens termination of any contract as a
result, directly or indirectly, of the beneficial ownership of 5% or more
of the Corporation's Common Stock by any person, then the Corporation, in
the sole and absolute discretion of its Board of Directors, shall have the
unqualified right and power to (a) redeem, upon not less than five (5)
days prior written notice to such person, at a price per share equal to
the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices thereof as
reported on the American Stock Exchange (or such other stock exchange, if
any, on which shares of Common Stock are primarily traded) on the last
business day prior to the date of redemption established in the notice,
all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation owned
by such person issued on or after January 27, 1997 or (b) require such
person to promptly dispose of such person's interest in all or any portion
of such shares of Common Stock owned by such stockholder. Because any
damages will be inadequate to protect the Corporation in the event the
stockholder does not comply with the provisions of this Article
THIRTEENTH, the Corporation shall be entitled to injunctive relief to
enforce the foregoing provisions."
SECOND: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of National Patent
Development Corporation resolutions were duly adopted setting forth the proposed
amendments to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said Corporation,
declaring said amendments to be advisable and calling a meeting of the
stockholders of said Corporation for consideration thereof.
THIRD: The foregoing amendments were duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, National Patent Development Corporation has caused
this Certificate of Amendment to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its
Vice President this 24th day of January, 1997. The undersigned officer of
National Patent Development Corporation acknowledges, under the penalties for
perjury, that this Certificate of Amendment is the corporate act of said
Corporation and that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the
matters set forth herein are true in all material respects.
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
BY: Scott N. Greenberg
Vice President
Exhibit 10.1
1973 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
OF
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
AS AMENDED
The purpose of the Plan is to aid National Patent Development Corporation
(the "Corporation") and its subsidiaries in attracting, retaining and motivating
key employees, directors and consultants
1. Administration
The Plan shall be administered by a Stock Option Committee (the
"Committee"), consisting of not less than two directors of the Corporation who
shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors.
Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority
to interpret the Plan, to establish an amend the rules and regulations relating
to it, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for its
administration.
2. Maximum Number of Shares; Source of Shares
Subject to the provisions of Section 6 hereof, the maximum number of
shares of the Corporation's $.01 par value Common Stock ("Common Stock") which
may be purchased pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall be Five
Million Three Hundred Thousand (5,300,000). Such shares may be authorized and
unissued shares, or issued shares held in the Treasury of the Corporation,
including issued shares reacquired by the Corporation.
3. Participants; Grant of Options
(a) Participants and Grants. From time to time the Committee shall, in its
sole discretion, select the key employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries
who shall be granted options under the Plan. The term "employee," when used
herein shall include, without limitation, officers, directors and consultants.
Upon making such selection, the Committee shall grant to each such participant
an option to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as may be determined
by the Committee. In the absence of any specific agreements to the contrary, no
grant hereunder to a participant shall affect the right of the Corporation or
its subsidiaries to terminate the participant's employment at any time, if the
employee is an employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary.
<PAGE>
(b) Stock Option Agreement
(l) The grant of options by the Committee to any participant shall be
effective as of the date on which the Committee shall authorize the option for
such participant, but prior to the exercise thereof, such participant shall be
required to execute and deliver a Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement"),
which shall contain such terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the
Committee shall determine.
(2) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, require that any employee
receiving options hereunder (the "Optionee") shall, upon the granting of
options, agree that as a condition to his acquiring shares thereunder he will
remain in the employ of the Corporation and render to the Corporation or its
Subsidiaries his services for a period not to exceed one year. Such agreement
may require that the period of required services be measures from the date of
grant of the options, from the date such options are exercised, or may require
services during periods, each not to exceed one year, measured from both the
date of grant and the date of exercise of the options granted hereunder.
(3) In any case in which required services are to be rendered after the
date of exercise of any options granted hereunder, the Corporation, subject to
the terms of this Plan, will promptly issue a certificate or certificates for
purchased shares out of either: (i) authorized but unissued shares; or (ii)
shares of its Common Stock held in the Treasury of the Corporation, provided,
however, that the Optionee shall agree to the deposit of such shares with an
escrow agent acceptable to the Corporation for the period during which he is
required, pursuant to this Plan, to render additional services. The employee
shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares from the
time they are issued. The escrow agreement shall require the payment to the
Corporation of such amount as the Corporation shall determine is required to be
deposited, or otherwise paid over, to satisfy any withholding liability which
may be imposed upon the Corporation, including any withholding liability which
may arise by reason of the failure of the Corporation to exercise any right it
may have pursuant to Paragraph 4 of this Section 3(b).
(4) In the event that the Optionee fails to satisfy any required period of
service which he has agreed to perform, the Corporation shall have the right to
reacquire the shares deposited in escrow, pursuant to sub-paragraph 3 of this
Section 3(b), by notifying the escrow agent of such intention and tendering, in
cash or certified check, an amount equal to: (i) the number of shares the
Corporation desires to reacquire; multiplied by (ii) the option price per share
set forth in the Agreement. Such payment is to be made within 90 days of the
delivery of the notice described herein.
(5) In granting non-qualified options under the Plan to eligible persons
who hold outstanding stock options, issued by the Corporation of any of its
subsidiaries, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may condition the grant of
such non-qualified options under the Optionee's consent to the cancellation of
all or a portion of such other outstanding options.
<PAGE>
4. Option
(a) Option Price. The option price per share of each option granted
pursuant to the Plan shall be specified in the Agreement relating to such
option, and shall be not less than 85% of the market value of Common Stock on
the date the option is granted, provided, however, in no event shall the option
price per share be less than the par value thereof.
(b) Option Period. The period during which an option may be exercised
shall not exceed fifteen years from the date such option is granted and, subject
to the foregoing, the Committee may provide that any stock option may be
exercised at such time or times as the Committee may, in its discretion,
determine.
(c) Payment for Stock. An option shall be exercised by written notice of
such exercise to either the Secretary or Treasurer of the Corporation at its
principal office. The notice shall specify the number of shares for which the
option is being exercised (which number shall be not less than twenty-five
shares at any one time) and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the
purchase price of such shares. No certificates for shares so purchased shall be
issued until full payment therefor has been made and a participant shall have
none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares until such
certificates are in fact issued to such participant or to an escrow agent on
such participant's behalf. Payment of the purchase price may be made by cash,
check or in shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock will be valued
based on their market value, as defined in Section 8 of this Plan.
5. Exercise and Cancellation of Options Upon Termination of Employment or
Death
If an Optionee shall voluntarily or involuntarily leave the employ of the
Company or its subsidiaries, unless authorized by the Committee, the option of
such Optionee shall terminate forthwith, except that the Optionee shall have
until the end of the ninetieth day, following the cessation of employment, and
not longer, to exercise any unexercised option which he could have exercised on
the day on which he left the employ of the Company or its subsidiaries;
provided, however, that such exercise must be accomplished within the term of
such option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cessation of employment or
service is due to retirement on or after attaining the age of 65 or to
disability (to an extent and in a manner as shall be determined in each case by
the Committee in its sole discretion) or to death, the Optionee or the
representatives of the estate of the Optionee shall have the privilege of
exercising any options which the Optionee could have exercised at the time of
such retirement, disability, or death; provided, however, that such exercise
must be accomplished within the terms of such option, and within six months of
the Optionee's retirement, disability or death.
Nothing contained herein or in the options shall be construed to confer on
any employee any right to be continued in the employ of the Company or derogate
from any right of the Company to retire, request the resignation of or discharge
an employee or to lay off or require a leave of absence of such employee (with
or without pay), at any time, with or without cause.
<PAGE>
6. Adjustment in Number of Shares
In the event of any subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares
of the Corporation's Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise, or in the
event of the payment of a stock dividend, a capital reorganization, a
reclassification of shares, a consolidation or merger, the Board of Directors
shall make appropriate adjustment in the aggregate number of shares for which
grants may be made under this Plan. The Committee shall determine the
appropriate adjustment of the kind and number of shares subject to each
outstanding option, or the option price, or both, in the event of any of the
aforementioned changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation,
provided, however, that no adjustment of the option prices shall permit a
reduction in the option price per share to less than the par value thereof.
7. Non-Assignability
No options granted under the Plan shall be transferable, other than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and then only to the extent
permitted by this Plan. During a participant's lifetime, options shall be
exercisable only by such participant (or in the event of his disability, by his
legal representative). Except to the extent otherwise provided by law, no
benefits under the Plan shall be subject to any legal process to levy upon, or
attach, for payment of any claim against any participant or beneficiary.
8. Definitions
As used herein, the term "subsidiary" shall have the same meaning as
"subsidiary corporation" has under Section 425(f) of the Code, "retirement"
means retirement as that word is used in the Corporation's Employees' Retirement
Plan, and "market value" when used in reference to Common Stock shall mean the
average sale price (as determined by the Committee) of such Common Stock on the
exchange, if any, where the Common Stock is traded, or if there is no other such
exchange, the average between the low-bid and high-asked prices on the date of
grant. For all purposes of the Plan, an approved leave of absence shall not
constitute interruption or termination of employment.
9. General Restrictions
The exercise of each stock option granted under the Plan shall be subject
to the condition that if at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its
sole discretion, that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding
liabilities, or that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares
otherwise deliverable upon such exercise upon any securities exchange or under
any State or Federal law, or the consent or approval of any regulatory body, is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such exercise
or the delivery or purchase of shares thereunder, then in any such event such
exercise shall not be effective unless such withholding, listing, registration,
qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of
any conditions not acceptable to the Corporation.
<PAGE>
10. Amendment and Discontinuance
The Board of Directors at any time may terminate the Plan, or make such
changes in, or additions to the Plan as the Board of Directors, in its
discretion, deems advisable, provided, however, that subject to the provisions
of Section 6 hereof the Board of Directors may not, without further approval by
the holders of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation possessing a
majority of the voting power of such capital stock represented in person or by
proxy at a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation duly called for such
purpose, grant options to any person other than those eligible under Section 3
hereof. No termination or amendment of the Plan may, without consent of the
holders of existing options, materially affect their rights under such options.
11. Duration
Unless this Plan is sooner terminated, options may be granted hereunder
until June 27, 2013.
Exhibit 10.13
$25,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION,
GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION,
GP ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC.,
GENERAL PHYSICS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC.,
and
MXL INDUSTRIES, INC.,
THE BANKS SIGNATORY HERETO
AND
FLEET BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AND COLLATERAL AGENT FOR SUCH BANKS
March 26, 1997
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
Article 1. Definitions................................................1
Section 1.1 Definitions..........................................1
Article 2. Commitments; Loans; Letters of Credit; Collateral.........18
Section 2.1 Loans; Letters of Credit............................18
Section 2.2 Notices Relating to Loans and Letters of Credit.....19
Section 2.3 Disbursement of Loan Proceeds.......................20
Section 2.4 Notes...............................................20
Section 2.5 Repayment of Principal of Loans.....................20
Section 2.6 Interest............................................21
Section 2.7 Fees................................................22
Section 2.8 Letters of Credit...................................24
Section 2.9 Voluntary Changes in Commitment.....................27
Section 2.10 Use of Proceeds of Loans............................27
Section 2.11 Computations........................................28
Section 2.12 Minimum Amounts of Borrowing, Conversions,
Prepayments and Letters of Credit..................28
Section 2.13 Time and Method of Payments.........................28
Section 2.14 Lending Offices.....................................29
Section 2.15 Several Obligations.................................29
Section 2.16 Security............................................29
Section 2.17 Pro Rata Treatment Among Banks......................30
Section 2.18 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent...................30
Section 2.19 Sharing of Payments and Set-off Among Banks.........31
Section 2.20 Conversions of Loans................................31
Section 2.21 Additional Costs; Capital Requirements..............32
Section 2.22 Limitation on Types of Loans........................34
Section 2.23 Illegality..........................................35
Section 2.24 Certain Conversions pursuant to Sections 2.21, 2.22
and 2.23...........................................35
Section 2.25 Indemnification.....................................36
Section 2.26 Withholding Tax Exemption...........................37
Section 2.27 Concerning Joint and Several Liability of the
Borrowers..........................................38
Article 3. Representations and Warranties............................40
Section 3.1 Organization........................................40
Section 3.2 Power, Authority, Consents..........................41
Section 3.3 No Violation of Law or Agreements...................42
Section 3.4 Due Execution, Validity, Enforceability.............42
Section 3.5 Properties, Priority of Liens.......................42
Section 3.6 Judgments, Actions, Proceedings.....................43
Section 3.7 No Defaults, Compliance With Laws...................43
Section 3.8 Burdensome Documents................................43
Section 3.9 Financial Statements................................44
Section 3.10 Tax Returns.........................................44
Section 3.11 Intangible Assets...................................44
Section 3.12 Regulation U........................................45
Section 3.13 Name Changes, Mergers,
Acquisitions; Location of Collateral................45
Section 3.14 Full Disclosure.....................................45
Section 3.15 Licenses and Approvals..............................46
<PAGE>
Section 3.16 Labor Disputes; Collective Bargaining
Agreements; Employee Grievances .......46
Section 3.17 Condition of Assets.................................46
Section 3.18 ERISA...............................................47
Section 3.19 Laws and Regulations................................48
Section 3.20 Inventory Management Corporation....................48
Section 3.21 SGLG, Inc...........................................48
Article 4. Conditions to the Loans and Letters of Credit.............48
Section 4.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit...48
Section 4.2 Conditions to all Loans; Letters of Credit..........52
Article 5. Delivery of Financial Reports, Documents and
Other Information 53
Section 5.1 Annual Financial Statements.........................53
Section 5.2 Quarterly and Monthly Financial Statements..........54
Section 5.3 Compliance Information..............................55
Section 5.4 No Default Certificate..............................55
Section 5.5 Certificate of Accountants..........................56
Section 5.6 Accountants' Reports................................56
Section 5.7 Copies of Documents.................................56
Section 5.8 Notices of Defaults.................................57
Section 5.9 ERISA Notices.......................................57
Section 5.10 Borrowing Base Certificate; Additional Information..57
Article 6. Affirmative Covenants.....................................57
Section 6.1 Books and Records...................................57
Section 6.2 Inspections and Audits, etc.........................58
Section 6.3 Maintenance and Repairs.............................59
Section 6.4 Continuance of Business.............................59
Section 6.5 Copies of Corporate Documents.......................59
Section 6.6 Perform Obligations.................................59
Section 6.7 Notice of Litigation, etc...........................60
Section 6.8 Insurance...........................................61
Section 6.9 Financial Covenants.................................61
Section 6.10 Notice of Certain Events............................64
Section 6.11 Comply with Laws....................................65
Section 6.12 Environmental Compliance............................65
Section 6.13 Five Star and SGLG Corporate Documents..............65
Article 7. Negative Covenants........................................66
Section 7.1 Indebtedness........................................66
Section 7.2 Liens...............................................67
Section 7.3 Guaranties..........................................68
Section 7.4 Mergers, Acquisitions...............................69
Section 7.5 Redemptions; Distributions..........................71
Section 7.6 Stock Issuance......................................71
Section 7.7 Changes in Business; Dispositions...................71
Section 7.8 Prepayments.........................................72
Section 7.9 Investments.........................................72
Section 7.10 Fiscal Year.........................................74
Section 7.11 ERISA Obligations...................................74
Section 7.12 Amendments of Documents.............................74
Section 7.13 Capital Expenditures................................74
Section 7.14 Rental Obligations..................................75
<PAGE>
Section 7.15 Transactions with Affiliates........................75
Section 7.16 Take or Pay Contracts...............................75
Section 7.17 Sale and Leaseback..................................76
Section 7.18 IMC.................................................76
Section 7.19 SGLG, Inc...........................................76
Article 8. Events Of Default.........................................76
Section 8.1 Payments............................................76
Section 8.2 Certain Covenants...................................77
Section 8.3 Other Covenants.....................................77
Section 8.4 Other Defaults......................................77
Section 8.5 Representations and Warranties......................78
Section 8.6 Bankruptcy..........................................78
Section 8.7 Judgments...........................................79
Section 8.8 ERISA...............................................79
Section 8.9 Liens...............................................79
Section 8.10 Ownership of Stock..................................79
Section 8.11 Loan Documents......................................79
Section 8.12 Borrower Enjoined...................................80
Section 8.13 Material Adverse Change.............................80
Article 9. The Agent.................................................80
Section 9.1 Appointment, Powers and Immunities..................80
Section 9.2 Reliance by Agent...................................81
Section 9.3 Events of Default...................................81
Section 9.4 Rights as a Bank....................................82
Section 9.5 Indemnification.....................................82
Section 9.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and other Banks...............83
Section 9.7 Failure to Act......................................83
Section 9.8 Resignation or Removal of Agent.....................83
Section 9.9 Sharing of Collateral and Payments..................84
Section 9.10 Survival............................................84
Article 10. Miscellaneous Provisions..................................85
Section 10.1 Fees and Expenses; Indemnity........................85
Section 10.2 Taxes...............................................86
Section 10.3 Notes...............................................88
Section 10.4 Survival of Agreements and Representations:
Construction.......................................88
Section 10.5 Lien on and Set-off of Deposits.....................88
Section 10.6 Modifications, Consents and Waivers: Entire Agreement88
Section 10.7 Remedies Cumulative.................................90
Section 10.8 Further Assurances..................................90
Section 10.9 Notices.............................................90
Section 10.10 Counterparts........................................91
Section 10.11 Severability........................................92
Section 10.12 Binding Effect; No Assignment or Delegation by
Borrower...........................................92
Section 10.13 Assignments and Participations by Banks.............92
Section 10.14 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION;
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.............................96
Section 10.15 Confidentiality.....................................97
<PAGE>
CREDIT AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT, made this ____ day of March, 1997, by and among:
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("NPDC"),
MXL INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("MXL"), GENERAL PHYSICS
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("GPC"), GP ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("GPE"), and GENERAL PHYSICS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("GPS"; GPC, GPE and GPS being hereinafter referred to as
the "GPC Borrowers"; and NPDC, MXL and the GPC Borrowers being hereinafter
referred to as the "Borrowers");
and
The banks and financial institutions that have executed the signature
pages hereto or from time to time become parties hereto (individually, a "Bank"
and, collectively, the "Banks");
and
FLEET BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as
Administrative and Collateral Agent for the Banks (in such capacity, together
with its successors in such capacity, the "Agent");
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Borrowers wish to obtain loans and letters of credit from the
Banks in the aggregate principal sum of up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars
($25,000,000.00), and the Banks are willing to make such loans to and issue (or
participate in) such letters of credit for the account of the Borrowers in an
aggregate principal amount of up to such sum on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article 1. Definitions.
Section 1.1 Definitions
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:
"Account(s)" - with respect to any Person: (a) all "accounts" as defined
in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York and, in addition, all of
the accounts, contract rights (including its rights as an unpaid vendor, or
lienor, including stoppage in transit, replevin and reclamation), instruments,
documents, chattel paper, notes and drafts of such Person, whether secured or
unsecured, and whether or not specifically assigned to the Agent or any Bank
hereunder, and including any right to payment which has been earned under a
contract right and all inventory returned or reclaimed from Account Debtors and
all rights to payment for goods sold or leased or services rendered; and (b) all
products and proceeds (whether cash proceeds or otherwise) of the foregoing,
whether now owned, held, or hereafter acquired by such Person.
"Account Debtor" - at any time, in addition to the definition of "account
debtor" as contained in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York,
any Person who is obligated under or on account of an Account, or any Person who
is represented by a Borrower to be so obligated.
<PAGE>
"Additional Costs" - as defined in Section 2.21 hereof.
"Affected Loans" - as defined in Section 2.24 hereof.
"Affected Type" - as defined in Section 2.24 hereof.
"Affiliate" - as to any Person, any other Person that directly or
indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such
Person. As used in this definition, "control", (including, with its correlative
meanings, "controlled by" and "under common control with") shall mean
possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of
management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership
or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise), provided that, in any
event: (i)any Person that owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of the
securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other
governing body of a corporation or 5% or more of the partnership or other
ownership interests of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such
other Person) will be deemed to control such corporation or other Person; and
(ii) each director and officer of a Borrower shall be deemed to be an Affiliate
of the Borrowers.
"Agency Fee" - as defined in subsection 2.7(c) hereof.
"Applicable Lending Office" - with respect to each Bank, with respect to
each type of Loan, the Lending Office as designated for such type of Loan below
its name on the signature pages hereof or such other office of such Bank or of
an affiliate of such Bank as such Bank may from time to time specify to the
Agent and the Borrowers as the office at which its Loans of such type are to be
made and maintained.
"Applicable Margin" - (a) with respect to any Prime Rate Loan, zero
percent; and (b) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, 1.75%.
"Assessment Rate" - at any time, the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the nearest 1/100 of l%) then charged by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (or any successor) to Fleet for deposit insurance for Dollar time
deposits with Fleet at its New York branches as determined by Fleet.
"Assignment and Acceptance" - an agreement in the form of Exhibit Q
hereto.
"Borrower Security Agreement" - as defined in Section 2.16 hereof.
"Borrowing Base" - as of the date of any determination thereof, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) up to 80% of the Eligible Receivables of the GPC
Borrowers and MXL, plus (b) 100% of each Borrower's cash on deposit at a Bank or
invested in permitted investments under Section 7.9(a) hereof with a Bank, plus
(c) 50% of the Stock Value of ISI and 35% of the Stock Value of Duratek,
provided that the amount under this clause (c) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at
any time, minus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Senior Debt of
the Borrowers (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement) and minus the
aggregate amount of all installments of principal payable within one year
following the date of determination of the Borrowing Base on all Indebtedness
(other than Senior Debt and Indebtedness under this Agreement) of the Borrowers
which is classified as long term debt in accordance with GAAP.
<PAGE>
"Borrowing Notice" - as defined in Section 2.2 hereof.
"Business Day" - any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on
which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to close
under the laws of the State of New York.
"Capital Expenditures" - for any period, the aggregate amount of all
payments made or obligations incurred during such period by any Person directly
or indirectly for the purpose of acquiring, constructing or maintaining fixed
assets, real property or equipment that, in accordance with GAAP, would be added
as a debit to the fixed asset account of such Person, including, without
limitation, all amounts paid or payable during such period with respect to
Capitalized Lease Obligations and interest that are required to be capitalized
in accordance with GAAP, provided that payments for items customarily charged
directly to expense or depreciated over a useful life of twelve months or less
shall not be Capital Expenditures.
"Capitalized Lease" - any lease the obligations to pay rent or other
amounts under which constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations.
"Capitalized Lease Obligations" - as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real and/or personal property which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount
of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in
accordance with GAAP.
"Cash" - as to any Person, such Person's cash and cash equivalents, as
defined in accordance with GAAP.
"Closing Fee" - as defined in subsection 2.7(a) hereof.
"Code" - the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time
to time.
"Collateral" - as defined in the respective Security Documents.
"Commitment" - as to each Bank, the amount set forth opposite such Bank's
name on the signature pages hereof opposite the caption "Commitment" as such
amount is subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof.
"Commitment Fee" - as defined in subsection 2.7(b) hereof.
"Commitment Percentage" - as to each Bank, the percentage set forth
opposite such Bank's name on the signature pages hereof opposite the caption
"Commitment Percentage" as the same may be adjusted in accordance with the terms
hereof.
"Commitment Termination Date" - March 31, 2000.
"Compliance Certificate" - a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit R hereto executed by the president or chief financial officer of NPDC on
behalf of the Borrowers to the effect that: (i) as of the effective date of the
certificate, no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement exists or would
exist after giving effect to the action intended to be taken by the Borrowers as
described in such certificate, including, without limitation, that the covenants
<PAGE>
set forth in Section 6.9 hereof would not be breached after giving effect to
such action, together with a calculation in reasonable detail, and in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Banks, of such compliance, and
(ii) the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 hereof, in the
Loan Documents and in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in
connection with this Agreement are true and with the same effect as though such
representations and warranties were made on the date of such certificate (except
to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted
by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and other changes, as to all such
changes that singly or in the aggregate do not have a Materially Adverse Effect,
and except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate
expressly to an earlier date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to
any Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to any of the provisions of this
Agreement, except Section 4.1, the references to Loan Party in the
representations and warranties contained in Article 3 hereof shall be deemed to
exclude Five Star.
"Consolidated" or "consolidated" - with reference to any term defined
herein, shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of GPC and its
Subsidiaries or NPDC and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to the extent
they are or should be consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
"Controlled Group" - all members of a controlled group of corporations and
all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control
which, together with the Borrowers, are treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the Code and Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA.
"Credit Period" - the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and
ending on the Commitment Termination Date.
"Current Market Price" - with respect to any share of stock on any date,
the average of the daily closing prices for the five consecutive trading days
immediately preceding the date in question. The closing price for each day shall
be the last reported sales price regular way or, in case no such reported sale
takes place on such day, the closing bid price regular way, in either case on
the principal national securities exchange (including, for purposes hereof, the
Nasdaq National Market or Small Cap System if such system is then generally
reporting last sale prices) on which the stock is listed or admitted to trading
or, if the stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange, the highest reported bid price for the stock as furnished by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through Nasdaq or a similar
organization if Nasdaq is no longer reporting such information.
"Debt Instrument" - as defined in subsection 8.4(a) hereof.
"Default" - an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.
"Dollars" and "$" - lawful money of the United States of America.
"Duratek" - GTS Duratek, Inc.
"Eligible Assignee" - a commercial bank or other financial institution
acceptable to the Agent and to NPDC, in the sole discretion of each, organized
under the laws of the United States of America or any state and having a
combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, provided that any
wholly-owned subsidiary of a Bank which subsidiary has at least $100,000,000 in
capital and surplus and any bank into which or with which a Bank merges or
<PAGE>
consolidates shall be deemed to be an Eligible Assignee without approval of the
Agent or NPDC.
"Eligible Receivable(s)" - the aggregate of the unpaid portions of
Accounts created by a GPC Borrower or MXL (net of any credits, rebates, offsets,
holdbacks or other adjustments or commissions payable to third parties that are
adjustments to such Accounts) (a) that GPC or MXL reasonably and in good faith
determines to be collectible; (b) that are from Account Debtors that (i) are not
Affiliates of NPDC, GPC or MXL (other than GSE Systems, Inc. so long as the
Borrowers own directly or indirectly less than 30% of its issued and outstanding
voting stock and do not possess the power to direct or cause the direction of
its management or policies), (ii) purchased the goods or services giving rise to
the relevant Account in an arm's length transaction conducted in the ordinary
course of business, (iii) are not insolvent or involved, whether voluntary or
involuntary, in any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar
law of any jurisdiction and (iv) are not determined by the Majority Banks, in
their reasonable judgment, to be uncreditworthy; (c) that are in payment for
goods actually delivered or services or obligations that have been fully
performed; (d) that are not subject to any pledge, restriction, security
interest or other lien or encumbrance other than those created by the Loan
Documents and except for Permitted Liens referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii)
of the definition of such term herein which attach to the general assets
(including Accounts) of any of the GPC Borrowers or MXL; provided, that the
amount hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such lien (without
duplication of reductions pursuant to paragraph (e) below); (e) in which the
Agent has a valid and perfected first priority security interest except for
Permitted Liens referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of the definition of such
term herein which attach to the general assets (including Accounts) of any of
the GPC Borrowers or MXL; provided, that the amount hereunder shall be reduced
by the amount of any such lien (without duplication of reductions pursuant to
paragraph (d) above); (f) that are not outstanding for more than ninety (90)
days past the date of the respective invoices therefor; (g) that are not due
from any single Account Debtor if more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
amount of all Accounts owing from such Account Debtor would otherwise not be
Eligible Receivables; (h) that are payable in Dollars; (i) that are not payable
from an office outside of the United States unless they are subject to letter of
credit support not determined to be unacceptable by the Majority Banks in their
reasonable judgment; and (j) with respect to Government Receivables, to the
extent the GPC Borrowers have complied with the provisions of the Borrower
Security Agreement relating thereto. To the extent that the aggregate amount
owing by a single Account Debtor (other than the United States government) on
all such Eligible Receivables exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of the Eligible
Receivables of all Account Debtors, such excess shall be deducted from Eligible
Receivables unless such excess has been accepted by the Majority Banks as being
eligible, acting in their exclusive and uncontrolled discretion. With respect to
Accounts subject to dispute or any other similar claims that would reduce the
cash amount payable therefor, the amount of Eligible Receivable(s) shall be
reduced by the cash amount in dispute, except that no value shall be given
hereunder to any Account under which the cash amount payable therefor equals or
exceeds $200,000, if twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the cash amount
payable therefor is in dispute.
"Environmental Laws and Regulations" - all environmental, health and
safety laws, regulations, resolutions, and ordinances applicable to a Borrower
or any other Loan Party, or any of their respective assets or properties,
including, without limitation: (i) all regulations, resolutions, ordinances,
decrees, and other similar documents and instruments of all courts and
<PAGE>
governmental authorities, bureaus and agencies, domestic and foreign, whether
issued by environmental regulatory agencies or otherwise, and (ii) all laws,
regulations, resolutions, ordinances and decrees relating to Environmental
Matters.
"Environmental Liability" - any liability under any applicable law for any
release of a hazardous substance caused by the seeping, spilling, leaking,
pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping,
leaching, dumping or disposing of hazardous wastes or other chemical substances,
pollutants or contaminants into the environment, and any liability for the costs
of any clean-up or other remedial action including, without limitation, costs
arising out of security fencing, alternative water supplies, temporary
evacuation and housing and other emergency assistance undertaken by any
environmental regulatory body having jurisdiction over any Borrower or any other
Loan Party to prevent or minimize any actual or threatened release by any
Borrower or any other Loan Party of any hazardous wastes or other chemical
substances, pollutants and contaminants into the environment that would endanger
the public health or the environment.
"Environmental Matter(s)" - a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or
other chemical substance, pollutant or contaminant into the environment or the
generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any toxic or hazardous wastes or
other chemical substances.
"Environmental Proceeding" - any judgment, action, proceeding or
investigation pending before any court or governmental authority, bureau or
agency, including, without limitation, any environmental regulatory body, with
respect to or threatened against or affecting any Borrower or any other Loan
Party or relating to the assets or liabilities of any of them, including,
without limitation, in respect of any "facility" owned, leased or operated by
any of them under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or under any state, local or municipal
statute, ordinance or regulation in respect thereof, in connection with any
release of any toxic or hazardous waste or other chemical substance, pollutant
or contaminant into the environment, or with the generation, storage or disposal
of any toxic or hazardous wastes or other chemical substances.
"ERISA" - the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may
be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
"Eurodollar Business Day" - a Business Day on which dealings in Dollar
deposits are carried out in the relevant Eurodollar interbank market for
determining the Fixed Base Rate.
"Event of Default" - as defined in Article 8 hereof.
"Federal Funds Rate" - for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers as published by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York for such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, for the
next preceding Business Day (or, if such rate is not so published for any such
day, the average rate charged to Fleet on such day on such transactions as
reasonably determined by Fleet).
"Fee(s)" - as defined in Section 2.7 hereof.
"Financial Statements" - (a) the audited consolidated and unaudited
consolidating Balance Sheets of (i) NPDC and its Subsidiaries dated as of
December 31, 1995, and (ii) GPC and its Subsidiaries dated as of December 31,
<PAGE>
1995, together with the related audited and unaudited Income Statements and
Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year then ended.
(b) the unaudited consolidated and consolidating Balance Sheets of (i)
NPDC and its Subsidiaries dated as of September 30, 1996, and (ii) GPC and its
Subsidiaries dated as of September 30, 1996, together with the related unaudited
consolidated and consolidating Income Statements and Statements of Cash Flows
for the fiscal quarter then ended.
"Five Star" - Five Star Group, Inc. "Five Star Loan Agreement" - the loan
agreement dated as of April 29, 1993 among Five Star, the banks party thereto
and Fleet, as agent for such banks, as the same may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.
"Fixed Base Rate" - with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan for any Interest
Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/16 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as
the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00
A.M. (London time) two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason
such rate is not available, the term "Fixed Base Rate" shall mean, for any
Interest Period for any Fixed Rate Loan, the rate per annum (rounded upwards to
the nearest 1/16 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London
interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M.
(London time) two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided,
however, if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the
applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates.
"Fixed Rate" - for any Fixed Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor,
the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%)
determined by the Agent to be equal to(x) the Fixed Base Rate for such Loan for
such Interest Period; divided by (y) 1 minus the Reserve Requirement for such
Loan for such Interest Period. The Agent shall use its best efforts to advise
NPDC of the Fixed Rate as soon as practicable after each change in the Fixed
Rate; provided, however, that the failure of the Agent to so advise NPDC on any
one or more occasions shall not result in any liability of the Agent or affect
the rights of the Banks or the Agent or the obligations of the Borrowers
hereunder.
"Fixed Rate Loans" - Loans the interest on which is determined on the
basis of rates referred to in the definition of "Fixed Base Rate" in this
Article 1.
"Fleet" - Fleet Bank, National Association, a national banking
association, in its capacity as a Bank hereunder.
"Foreign Subsidiaries" - collectively, General Physics Asia Pte. Ltd., a
Singapore private company, and General Physics (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhn., a Malaysian
private company having its principal place of business at B2-2 and B2-3, Block
B, Bangunan SPPK, 46 Jalan Dungun, Damansara Heights, Malaysia50490.
"Foreign Subsidiaries Pledged Note" - a promissory note, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Majority Banks, made by the Foreign Subsidiaries
to the order of GPC and pledged to the Agent pursuant to a Borrower Security
Agreement.
<PAGE>
"GAAP" - generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
applied on a basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in
Section 3.9(a).
"Government Receivables" - all rights of the GPC Borrowers to moneys due
or to become due under any contracts or agreements with or orders from the
United States government or any agency or department thereof.
"GPC" - as defined in the preamble.
"Indebtedness" - with respect to any Person, without duplication, all:
(i) liabilities or obligations, direct and contingent, which in accordance with
GAAP would be included in determining total liabilities as shown on the
liability side of a balance sheet of such Person at the date as of which
Indebtedness is to be determined, including, without limitation, contingent
liabilities that in accordance with such principles, would be set forth in a
specific Dollar amount on the liability side of such balance sheet or the
footnotes thereto, and Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (ii)
liabilities or obligations of others for which such Person is directly or
indirectly liable, by way of guaranty (whether by direct guaranty, suretyship,
discount, endorsement, take-or-pay agreement, agreement to purchase or advance
or keep in funds or other agreement having the effect of a guaranty) or
otherwise; (iii) liabilities or obligations secured by Liens on any assets of
such Person, whether or not such liabilities or obligations shall have been
assumed by it; and (iv) liabilities or obligations of such Person, direct or
contingent, with respect to letters of credit issued for the account of such
Person and bankers acceptances created for such Person.
"Interest Rate Contracts" - interest rate swap agreements, interest rate
cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements, interest rate insurance and
other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against
fluctuation in interest rates, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Majority Banks and, in each case, with counter-parties satisfactory to
the Majority Banks.
"Interest Period" - with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, each period
commencing on and including the date such Loan is made or converted from a Loan
or Loans of another type, or the last day of the next preceding Interest Period
with respect to such Loan, and ending on the same day in the first, second,
third or sixth calendar month thereafter, as NPDC, GPC, on behalf of the GPC
Borrowers, or MXL may select as provided in Section 2.2 hereof, except that each
such Interest Period that commences on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a
calendar month (or on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding
day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last
Eurodollar Business Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month.
Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) each Interest Period that would otherwise end
on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business Day shall end on the next succeeding
Eurodollar Business Day, except that if such next succeeding Eurodollar Business
Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Period shall end
on the next preceding Eurodollar Business Day; (ii) no more than six Interest
Periods for Fixed Rate Loans shall be in effect at the same time; (iii) any
Interest Period for any type of Loan shall end no later than the Commitment
Termination Date; and (iv) notwithstanding clause (iii) above, no Interest
Period shall have a duration of less than one month. In the event that a
Borrower fails to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Loan within
the time period and otherwise as provided in Section2.2 hereof, such Loans will
be automatically converted into a Prime Rate Loan on the last day of the
preceding Interest Period for such Loans.
<PAGE>
"Investment" - by any Person:
(a) the amount paid or committed to be paid, or the value of property or
services contributed or committed to be contributed, by such Person for or in
connection with the acquisition by such Person of any stock, bonds, notes,
debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other Person; and
(b) the amount of any advance, loan or extension of credit by such Person,
to any other Person, or guaranty or other similar obligation of such Person with
respect to any Indebtedness of such other Person, and (without duplication) any
amount committed to be advanced, loaned, or extended by such Person to any other
Person, or any amount the payment of which is committed to be assured by a
guaranty or similar obligation by such Person for the benefit of, such other
Person, provided that the foregoing shall exclude trade credit extended in the
ordinary course of business.
"IRS" - Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency.
"ISI" - Interferon Sciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
"Latest Balance Sheet" - as defined in subsection 3.9(a) hereof.
"Leases" - leases and subleases (other than Capitalized Leases), licenses
for the use of real property, easements, grants, and other rights and similar
instruments under which any Borrower has the right to use real or personal
property or rights of way.
"Letter of Credit Commitment" - as to each Bank, the amount set forth
opposite such Bank's name on the signature pages hereof under the caption
"Letter of Credit Commitment" as such amount is subject to adjustment in
accordance with the terms hereof. The aggregate Letter of Credit Commitment of
all Banks on the date hereof shall be $1,000,000.
"Letter(s) of Credit" - letters of credit issued by Fleet for purposes
provided for in this Agreement or approved by the Majority Banks.
"Lien" - any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest,
encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of
the foregoing), any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature of any of the foregoing, and the filing of or agreement to
give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any
jurisdiction (other than such a financing statement in connection with a "true
lease", that is not a Capitalized Lease, under the Uniform Commercial Code of
any jurisdiction).
"Loan(s)" - as defined in Section 2.1 hereof. Loans of different types
made or converted from Loans of other types on the same day (or of the same type
but having different Interest Periods) shall be deemed to be separate Loans for
all purposes of this Agreement.
"Loan Documents" - this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, the
Subordination Agreements, Interest Rate Contracts to which any Borrower and any
Bank are parties, Letters of Credit and all other documents executed and
delivered in connection herewith or therewith, including all amendments,
modifications and supplements of or to all such documents.
"Loan Party" - each Borrower, each Subsidiary of each Borrower, and any
other Person (other than the Banks and the Agent) which now or hereafter
executes and delivers to any Bank or the Agent any Loan Document.
<PAGE>
"MXL" - as defined in the preamble.
"Majority Banks" - at any time while no Loans are outstanding hereunder,
Banks having at least 66% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments and, at any
time while Loans are outstanding hereunder, Banks holding at least 66% of the
outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Loans hereunder.
"Management Fees" - for any period, all fees, emoluments or similar
compensation payable by any Person in respect of services rendered in connection
with the management or supervision of the management of such Person, other than
salaries, bonuses and other compensation paid to any full-time executive
employee in respect of such full-time employment.
"Materially Adverse Effect" - A materially adverse effect on the business,
condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or properties of the
GPC Borrowers taken as a whole, or NPDC and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
"Material Subsidiary" - any Subsidiary of NPDC which (i) as at the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter of NPDC, held 10% or more of the consolidated
assets of NPDC and its Subsidiaries, or (ii) for the four most recently
completed fiscal quarters of NPDC accounted for more than 10% of the EBITDA, as
defined in Section 6.9(a)(iii), of NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, as shown on the financial statements of NPDC and its Subsidiaries,
provided that for purposes of determining whether any Subsidiary acquired or
organized after the date hereof is a Material Subsidiary, the financial
statements of NPDC and its Subsidiaries shall be adjusted to include such
Subsidiary acquired or organized after the date hereof as if such Subsidiary had
been a Subsidiary at all times during such four fiscal quarters or, if shorter,
during the period after it was organized. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Five
Star shall not be deemed to be a Material Subsidiary.
"New Type Loans" - as defined in Section 2.24 hereof.
"Note(s)" - as defined in Section 2.4 hereof.
"NPDC" - as defined in the preamble.
"Obligations" - collectively, all of the Indebtedness, liabilities and
obligations of each of the Borrowers to the Banks and the Agent, whether now
existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
whether or not currently contemplated, arising under the Loan Documents. For the
avoidance of doubt, the guaranty by NPDC executed pursuant to the Five Star Loan
Agreement shall not be deemed to be an Obligation.
"Payor" - as defined in Section 2.18 hereof.
"PBGC" - Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.
<PAGE>
"Permitted Liens" - as to any Person: (i) pledges or deposits by such
Person under workers' compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social
security laws, or similar legislation, or good faith deposits or security
deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment
of Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person) or leases to which such
Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such
Person or deposits of cash or United States Government Bonds to secure surety,
appeal, performance or other similar bonds to which such Person is a party, or
deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of
rent; (ii) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's,
materialmen's and mechanic's liens in respect of obligations permitted under
Section 6.6(a) hereof or not overdue by more than 90 days, or Liens arising out
of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which no Event of
Default under Section 8.7 exists; (iii) Liens for taxes, assessments and other
governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment and Liens for
taxes, assessments and other governmental charges the payment of which is being
contested as permitted by Section 6.6(a) hereof; and (iv) survey exceptions,
encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of, others for rights of
way, highways and railroad crossings, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as
to the use of real properties, or Liens incidental to the conduct of the
business of such Person or to the ownership of such Person's property that were
not incurred in connection with Indebtedness of such Person, all of which Liens
referred to in the preceding clause (iv) do not in the aggregate materially
detract from the use of the properties to which they relate in the ordinary
course of the business taken as a whole of such Person, and as to all the
foregoing Liens referred to in the preceding clause (iv) only to the extent they
do not individually or in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect.
"Person" - an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a
trust or unincorporated organization, a joint stock company or other similar
organization, a government or any political subdivision thereof, a court, or any
other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other
capacity.
"Plan" - at any time an employee pension benefit plan that is covered by
Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412
of the Code and is either: (i) maintained by any Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group for employees of any Borrower, or by any Borrower for any other
member of such Controlled Group, or (ii) maintained pursuant to a collective
bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under which more than one employer
makes contributions and to which any Borrower or any member of the Controlled
Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has
within the preceding five plan years made contributions.
"Post-Default Rate" - as defined in Section 2.6(b) hereof.
"Prime Rate" - the interest rate established from time to time by Fleet as
its prime rate at the Principal Office. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Borrowers acknowledge that Fleet may regularly make domestic commercial loans at
rates of interest less than the rate of interest referred to in the preceding
sentence. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the
Prime Rate resulting from a change in the Prime Rate shall take effect on the
Business Day immediately succeeding such change in the Prime Rate.
"Prime Rate Loans" - Loans that bear interest at a rate based upon the
Prime Rate.
"Principal Office" - the principal office of Fleet presently located at
1133 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036.
"Purchase Money Security Interest" - as defined in subsection 7.2(c)
hereof.
<PAGE>
"Regulation D" - Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
"Regulatory Change" - as to any Bank or any corporation controlling such
Bank, any adoption of or change after the date of this Agreement in United
States federal, state or foreign laws or regulations (including Regulation D and
the laws or regulations that designate any assessment rate relating to
certificates of deposit or otherwise (including the "Assessment Rate", if
applicable to any Loan)) or the adoption or making after such date of any
interpretations, directives or requests applying to a class of banks, including
such Bank, of or under any United States federal, state or foreign laws or
regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or
governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof.
"Reimbursement Obligations" - as defined in Section 2.8.
"Required Payment" - as defined in Section 2.18 hereof.
"Reserve Requirement" - for any Fixed Rate Loans for any period as to
which interest is payable hereunder, the average maximum rate at which reserves
(including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be
maintained during such period under Regulation D against "Eurocurrency
liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D). Without limiting the effect
of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves
required to be maintained by such member banks by reason of any Regulatory
Change against: (i)any category of liabilities that includes deposits by
reference to which the Fixed Rate for Fixed Rate Loans is to be determined as
provided in the definition of "Fixed Base Rate" in this Article 1, or (ii) any
category of extensions of credit or other assets that include Fixed Rate Loans.
"Security Documents" - as defined in Section 2.16 hereof.
"Senior Debt" - all Indebtedness for borrowed money and Capitalized Lease
Obligations of any Borrower to any Bank or other Person, other than Subordinated
Debt. "Senior Debt" shall not include obligations under guaranties by any
Borrower of Indebtedness for borrowed money or Capitalized Lease Obligations.
"Stock Value" - as at any date of calculation of the Borrowing Base, the
aggregate market value of the shares of Duratek or ISI, as applicable, owned
beneficially and of record by any Borrower, free and clear of any Lien, computed
by multiplying (i) the number of shares of ISI or Duratek, as applicable, by
(ii) the Current Market Price of each share, provided, however, that (i) if the
shares of either or both of Duratek or ISI cease to be publicly traded, or the
Current Market Price cannot be determined by the Majority Banks, or (ii) Duratek
or ISI shall be the subject of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
proceedings, then the shares of Duratek or ISI, as the case may be, shall be
deemed to have no market value hereunder. For purposes of this definition,
"Lien" shall not include any obligation of a Borrower under the agreement dated
November 7, 1996 between NPDC and Duratek.
"Subordination Agreement" - as defined in Section 4.1(g).
"Subordinated Debt" - all Indebtedness of each Borrower which is
subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions at least as favorable to
the Banks as are contained in the Subordination Agreement or on other terms and
conditions acceptable to the Majority Banks, provided that, notwithstanding the
terms of the Subordination Agreement, in order for such Indebtedness to be
considered "Subordinated Debt", the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall
not be payable until at least 180 days after the Commitment Termination Date,
and no principal of or interest on or other amounts in respect to such
Indebtedness shall be payable at any time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default.
"Subsidiary" - with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership,
trust (other than trusts relating to employee benefit plans), joint venture or
other unincorporated organization, association or other enterprise, whether now
existing or hereafter organized or acquired: (i) in the case of a corporation,
of which a majority of the securities having ordinary voting power for the
election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of
the happening of a contingency) are at the time owned by such Person and/or one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) in the case of a partnership, joint
venture or other entity in which such Person is a general partner or joint
venturer or of which a majority of the partnership or other ownership interests
are at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to
"Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" shall be deemed to be references to a Subsidiary
or Subsidiaries of the Borrowers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
this Agreement, the term "Subsidiaries" shall not include the Foreign
Subsidiaries or the joint ventures referred to in Exhibit N.
"Summit" - Summit Bank.
"Tangible Net Worth" - as to any Person as of the date of determination
thereof, the excess of total assets over total liabilities, and less the sum of
(without duplication):
(a) the total book value of all assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries
properly classified as intangible assets under GAAP, including such items as
good will, the purchase price of acquired assets in excess of the fair market
value thereof, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names, copyrights,
patents and licenses, and rights with respect to the foregoing; plus
(b) all amounts representing any write-up not permitted under GAAP in the
book value of any assets of such Person or its Subsidiaries resulting from a
revaluation thereof subsequent to September 30, 1996; plus
(c) to the extent otherwise includable in the computation of Tangible Net
Worth, any subscriptions receivable; plus
(d) any deferred charges and treasury stock.
"Taxes" - as defined in Section 10.2(b).
"Total Commitment" - the aggregate obligation of the Banks to make Loans
and issue (or participate in) Letters of Credit hereunder not exceeding
Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00), as the same may be reduced
pursuant to the terms hereof.
<PAGE>
"Unused Commitment" - as at any date, for each Bank, the difference, if
any, between: (i) the amount of such Bank's Commitment as in effect on such
date, and (ii) the sum of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of all
Loans made by such Bank and Reimbursement Obligations to such Bank plus an
amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage multiplied by the face amount
of all outstanding Letters of Credit.
"Written," "in writing" - and other variations thereof shall mean any form
of written communication or a communication by means of telex, telecopier,
telegraph or cable.
Any accounting terms used in this Agreement that are not specifically
defined herein shall have the meanings customarily given to them in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this
Agreement, except that references in Article 5 to such principles shall be
deemed to refer to such principles as in effect on the date of the financial
statements delivered pursuant thereto.
Article 2. Commitments; Loans; Letters of Credit; Collateral.
Section 2.1 Loans; Letters of Credit.
(a) Each Bank will, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, make loans (individually, a "Loan" and collectively, the "Loans") to
the Borrowers during the Credit Period to but excluding the Commitment
Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up
to, but not exceeding, the Commitment of such Bank as then in effect; provided
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the sum of (i) the aggregate
principal amount of Loans at any one time outstanding, plus (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Reimbursement Obligations at any one time outstanding, plus
(iii) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit at any one time
outstanding, shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Total
Commitment, and (B) the Borrowing Base as then in effect.
(b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, during the Credit Period to
but excluding the Commitment Termination Date, the Borrowers may (i) borrow,
repay (provided that repayment of Fixed Rate Loans shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 2.25 hereof) and reborrow Loans by means of Prime Rate
Loans or Fixed Rate Loans, and (ii) convert Loans of one type into Loans of
another type (as provided in Section 2.20 hereof).
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Fleet shall
upon request of NPDC, MXL or GPC, on behalf of the GPC Borrowers, issue at any
time and from time to time during the Credit Period Letters of Credit in an
aggregate face amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) less the aggregate principal amount of all Reimbursement
Obligations outstanding at such time. The Banks shall participate in such
Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.8 hereof.
Section 2.2 Notices Relating to Loans and Letters of Credit.
(a) NPDC, MXL or GPC, on behalf of the GPC Borrowers, shall give the Agent
written notice of each borrowing, conversion and prepayment of each Loan and of
the duration of each Interest Period applicable to each Fixed Rate Loan and of
each request for issuance of a Letter of Credit (in each case, a "Borrowing
Notice"). Each such written notice shall be irrevocable and shall be effective
only if received by the Agent not later than 11 a.m., New York City time, on the
date that is:
<PAGE>
(i) In the case of each notice of borrowing or prepayment of, or
conversion into, Prime Rate Loans, and each request for issuance of a Letter of
Credit, one Business Day prior to the date of the related borrowing, prepayment
or conversion and three Business Days prior to the issuance date for such Letter
of Credit; and
(ii) In the case of each notice of borrowing or prepayment of, or
conversion into, Fixed Rate Loans, or the duration of an Interest Period for
Fixed Rate Loans, three Eurodollar Business Days prior to the date of the
related borrowing, prepayment, or conversion or the first day of such Interest
Period.
(b) (i) Each such notice of borrowing, conversion or prepayment shall
specify the amount (subject to Section 2.1 hereof) and type of Loans to be
borrowed, converted or prepaid (and, in the case of a conversion, the type of
Loans to result from such conversion), and the date of borrowing, conversion or
prepayment (which shall be: (x) a Business Day in the case of each borrowing or
prepayment of Prime Rate Loans, and (y) a Eurodollar Business Day in the case of
each borrowing or prepayment of Fixed Rate Loans and each conversion of or into
a Fixed Rate Loan). Each such notice of the duration of an Interest Period shall
specify the Loans to which such Interest Period is to relate.
(ii) Each such notice of issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be
accompanied by Fleet's customary form of letter of credit application duly
executed by a Borrower. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions
of any such application and this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement
shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, prevail.
(c) The Agent shall notify the Banks of the content of each such Borrowing
Notice promptly after its receipt thereof.
Section 2.3 Disbursement of Loan Proceeds.
Not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified for
each borrowing hereunder, each Bank shall transfer to the Agent, by wire
transfer or otherwise, but in any event in immediately available funds, the
amount of the Loan to be made by it on such date, and the Agent, upon its
receipt thereof, shall disburse such sum to NPDC, MXL or GPC, on behalf of the
GPC Borrowers, by depositing the amount thereof in an account of such Borrower
designated by such Borrower maintained with Fleet or otherwise as instructed in
writing by such Borrower to the Agent.
Section 2.4 Notes.
(a) The Loans made by each Bank shall be evidenced by a single promissory
note of the Borrowers in substantially the form of ExhibitA-1 annexed hereto
(hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as a "Note" and collectively as
the "Notes") representing the joint and several obligation of the Borrowers.
Each Note shall be dated the date of this Agreement, shall be payable to the
order of a Bank in a principal amount equal to the Bank's Commitment as
originally in effect, and shall otherwise be duly completed. The Notes shall be
payable as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.5 hereof.
<PAGE>
(b) Each Bank may enter on a schedule attached to its Note or in its
internal records a notation with respect to each Loan made hereunder of: (i)the
date and principal amount thereof, (ii)each payment and prepayment of principal
thereof, (iii) the applicable interest rate and (iv) the Interest Period, if
applicable. The failure of any Bank to make a notation on the schedule to its
Note or in its internal records as aforesaid shall not limit or otherwise affect
the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their
respective terms as set forth herein.
Section 2.5 Repayment of Principal of Loans.
(a) The Loans shall be payable by the Borrowers, on a joint and several
basis, in full on the Commitment Termination Date.
(b) The Loans shall be repaid by the Borrowers, on a joint and several
basis, to the Agent for the account of each Bank as and when necessary to cause
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations, plus face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, not to exceed
the lesser of (1) the Total Commitment and (2) the Borrowing Base as then in
effect.
(c) The Loans may be prepaid at any time and from time to time, in whole
or in part.
(d) All prepayments provided for in Section 2.5 shall be without premium
or penalty, except as provided in Section 2.25.
(e) All prepayments provided for in Section 2.5 shall be made upon prior
written notice to the Agent as provided in Section 2.2.
(f) All prepayments provided for in Section 2.5 shall be in integral
multiples of $100,000 or the outstanding principal balance of the Loans being
prepaid.
(g) Prepayments of Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 may, subject to the terms
and conditions hereof, be reborrowed during the Credit Period.
(h) All prepayments of Loans or any portion thereof shall be made together
with payment of all interest accrued on the amount repaid through the date of
such prepayment.
Section 2.6 Interest.
(a) The Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank interest on the principal amount of each Loan made by such
Bank, for the period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Loan shall
be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:
(i) During such period that such Loan is a Prime Rate Loan, the Prime
Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and
(ii) During such periods that such Loan is a Fixed Rate Loan, for each
Interest Period relating thereto, the Fixed Rate for such Loan for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a portion of (i) the
principal amount of any Loan, (ii) any interest payable thereon or (iii) any
other amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall
not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
(i) in the case of overdue principal and overdue interest on any Loan, two
percent (2%) above the rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Loan
pursuant to Section 2.6(a) during such period and (ii) in the case of other
overdue amounts, two percent (2%) above the rate of interest applicable to Prime
Rate Loans during such period (the "Post-Default Rate"), in each case from the
date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as
before judgment).
<PAGE>
(c) Except as provided in the next sentence, accrued interest on each Loan
shall be payable: (i) in the case of a Prime Rate Loan, monthly on the last
Business Day of each month, (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate Loan, on each day
that is one month or a whole multiple thereof after the first day of each
Interest Period for such Loan and on the last day of each Interest Period for
such Loan, and (iii) in the case of any Loan, upon the payment or prepayment
thereof or the conversion thereof into a Loan of another type (but only on the
principal so paid, prepaid or converted). Accrued interest that is payable at
the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand of the Agent
or the Majority Banks. Promptly after the establishment of any interest rate
provided for herein or any change therein, the Agent will notify the Banks and
NPDC thereof, provided that the failure of the Agent to so notify NPDC or the
Banks shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under any
of the Notes in any respect. The Agent is authorized, on any interest payment
date hereunder, to debit any demand deposit account maintained by any Borrower
with the Agent for such interest.
(d) Anything in this Agreement or any of the Notes to the contrary
notwithstanding, the obligation of the Borrowers to make payments of interest
shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be
required to be made to any Bank to the extent that such Bank's receipt thereof
would not be permissible under the law or laws applicable to such Bank limiting
rates of interest that may be charged or collected by such Bank. Any such
payments of interest that are not made as a result of the limitation referred to
in the preceding sentence shall be made by the Borrowers to such Bank on the
earliest interest payment date or dates on which the receipt thereof would be
permissible under the laws applicable to such Bank limiting rates of interest
that may be charged or collected by such Bank. Such deferred interest shall not
bear interest.
Section 2.7 Fees.
(a) The Borrowers shall pay on the date hereof to the Agent for the
account of each Bank a closing fee (the "Closing Fee") in an amount equal to 1/4
of 1% of such Bank's Commitment.
(b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank, pro
rata according to their respective Commitments, a commitment fee (the
"Commitment Fee") on the daily average amount of such Bank's Unused Commitment
for the period from the date hereof to and including the earlier of the date
such Bank's Commitment is terminated or the Commitment Termination Date, at the
rate of 1/4 of 1% per annum. The accrued Commitment Fee shall be payable
quarterly on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the earlier
of the date the Commitments are terminated or the Commitment Termination Date.
(c) The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent an agency fee (the "Agency Fee")
for services rendered by the Agent, in its capacity as Agent hereunder, and
other services relating hereto in the amount provided in the separate letter
agreement dated February 19, 1997 between the Agent and NPDC and accepted by
NPDC on February 26, 1997.
(d) With respect to Letters of Credit, the Borrowers shall pay to the
Agent:
<PAGE>
(i) for the account of Fleet as issuer of the Letters of Credit and the
account of the other Banks, pro rata according to their respective Commitment
Percentages, a fee at the rate per annum of 1.00% (or, after the occurrence and
during the continuance of any Event of Default, 3.00%) on the face amount of
each Letter of Credit (regardless of whether all conditions to drawing have been
satisfied) for the period from and including the date of issuance of each Letter
of Credit to and including the expiration date thereof. Such fee shall be
payable (A) in advance, upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit and upon
amendment of each Letter of Credit but only with respect to any increased
portion of any Letter of Credit which shall be amended from time to time to
increase the amount thereof, for the period from the date of issuance or
amendment to and including the last day of the then current calendar quarter,
and (B) thereafter quarterly in advance on the first day of each calendar
quarter for the ensuing calendar quarter. Such fee shall be fully earned when
paid and shall be non-refundable; and
(ii) for the account of Fleet alone a non-refundable issuance fee payable
at the time of issuance and extension or increase of each Letter of Credit in an
amount equal to 1/8% flat of the face amount of each Letter of Credit or, as
applicable, any increase therein; (collectively, the "Letter of Credit Fees").
(e) The Closing Fee, the Commitment Fee, the Agency Fee and the Letter of
Credit Fees are hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as a "Fee" and
collectively as the "Fees".
(f) The Agent is authorized, on any date on which any Fee is payable
hereunder, to debit any demand deposit account maintained by any Borrower with
the Agent for such Fee.
Section 2.8 Letters of Credit.
(a) (i) Each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed hereunder shall
be denominated in Dollars and, among other things, (A) provide for the payment
of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented in accordance with the terms
thereof and when accompanied by the documents described therein, and (B) have an
expiration date no more than one year after the date of issuance and no later
than the date that is fourteen (14) days (or, if the beneficiary is located
outside of the United States of America, forty-five (45) days) prior to the
Commitment Termination Date, provided that so-called "evergreen" letters of
credit that contain automatic renewal clauses but can be terminated within one
year by notice from the issuing bank to the beneficiary shall be deemed for
purposes of clause (B) above to have an expiration date which is the date upon
which such letter of credit would terminate if such notice were given by the
issuing bank.
(ii) Prior to the date hereof, Fleet has issued the letters of credit
listed in Schedule 2.8. Each of those letters of credit shall be deemed to be a
Letter of Credit hereunder immediately after the making of the initial Loans
hereunder. From and after the date of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit
shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Letter of Credit Fees
provided for in Section 2.7(d)(i) (but not Section 2.7(d)(ii)) shall be payable
as if such Letters of Credit were issued on the date of this Agreement. Fleet
shall repay to the Borrowers any letter of credit fees previously paid to Fleet
in respect of such letters of credit allocable to the period from and after the
date of this Agreement. Such Letters of Credit shall be governed by the terms of
this Agreement and any application delivered to Fleet in connection with their
initial issuance, but in the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement
and any such application, this Agreement shall, to the extent of such
inconsistency, prevail.
<PAGE>
(b) Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Bank
(other than Fleet) shall be deemed to have, and hereby agrees to, irrevocably
purchase and assume from Fleet a participation in Fleet's rights and obligations
under such Letter of Credit and the related Reimbursement Obligations and other
rights hereunder in an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage.
(c) Each Borrowing Notice relating to a Letter of Credit shall refer to
this Agreement and shall specify (i) the date on which such Letter of Credit is
to be issued (which shall be a Business Day) and the face amount thereof, (ii)
the name and address of the beneficiary, (iii) whether such Letter of Credit
shall permit a single drawing or multiple drawings, (iv) the terms of the
notice, if any, to be presented at the time of any drawing, (v) the expiry date
of such Letter of Credit, and (vi) such other terms as Fleet may reasonably
request from time to time.
(d) Promptly after it shall have ascertained that any draft or request for
payment, and any accompanying documents, presented under a Letter of Credit
appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of such
Letter of Credit, Fleet may, but shall not be obligated to, give telephonic or
telecopier notice to any Borrower of the receipt and amount of such draft or
request for payment and the date on which payment thereon will be made. If Fleet
shall pay any draft or request for payment presented under a Letter of Credit,
the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of Fleet or, if the Agent
shall have received the payments provided for in Section 2.8(e) hereof with
respect to such drawing or payment, for the account of Fleet and the other
Banks, the unreimbursed amount of such drawing on or prior to 1:00 p.m. New York
time on the date such drawing is paid if paid before 11:00 a.m. New York time
and if Fleet gives NPDC notice before that time that such payment was made, or
if such payment is made or notice given after such time then on the next
Business Day after the date on which such payment has been made and such notice
has been given, together with interest thereon from the date of payment by Fleet
until payment in full by the Borrowers at the Prime Rate plus the Applicable
Margin for the first five days after notice of payment by Fleet to NPDC and
thereafter at the Post-Default Rate (the obligations of the Borrowers under this
Section 2.8(d) being collectively called herein the "Reimbursement
Obligations"). The obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 2.8(d) shall
be payable without set-off, counterclaim, deduction, recoupment or offset of any
nature whatsoever (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) and shall be
absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be satisfied strictly in
accordance with their terms.
(e) If Fleet shall pay any draft or request for payment presented under a
Letter of Credit and if the Borrowers shall not have paid their Reimbursement
Obligations by 1:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of such payment, then Fleet
shall as promptly as practicable give notice to the Agent who shall as promptly
as practicable give telephone, telecopier or telex notice to the other Banks of
the date and amount of such payment and of each Bank's respective participation
therein. Each Bank shall pay to the Agent, acting on behalf of Fleet, in
immediately available funds, not later than 3:00 p.m. New York time, on the date
of such payment of a draft or request for payment by Fleet (or, if the Agent
shall notify such other Banks of such payment after 1:00 p.m., New York time,
<PAGE>
not later than 1:00 p.m., New York time on the next succeeding Business Day), an
amount equal to the aggregate amount of such payment multiplied by such Bank's
Commitment Percentage. Each Bank's obligation to make such payment to the Agent
shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances
without regard to any termination or reduction of the Commitments, any Default
or Event of Default or any failure of any other Bank to make such payment.
Promptly upon its receipt of funds from the Banks, the Agent shall pay such
amounts, in immediately available funds, to Fleet.
(f) Immediately after a demand upon the Borrowers by the Agent, which the
Agent shall make only upon request from the Majority Banks following the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, or upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default under Section 8.6 hereof, the Borrowers shall
make deposits of cash collateral from time to time in a cash collateral account
(the "LC Account") established by the Agent over which the Agent shall have
exclusive dominion and control, in such amount as shall be necessary so that the
cash collateral held in the LC Account shall be not less than the amount
available for drawing under all outstanding Letters of Credit. The Agent shall
at the request of the Borrowers, at such time as all Events of Default shall
have been cured or waived, release any such cash collateral to the Borrowers
upon maturity of any certificates of deposit or time deposits in which it is
invested. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, the Agent may at any time and from time to time, in its sole
discretion, cause the balance of the LC Account to be invested and reinvested in
Fleet's negotiable certificates of deposit and/or time deposits having
maturities up to 90 days and bearing interest at prevailing rates paid by Fleet
on certificates of deposit or time deposit of similar amount and maturity. The
Borrowers hereby assign and pledge to the Agent for the ratable benefit of (x)
Fleet and (y) to the extent that other Banks have made the payments due under
Section 2.8(e) hereof, such Banks, the LC Account, all such certificates of
deposit, time deposits and all proceeds thereof. Income, if any, on amounts held
in the LC Account, at the option of the Agent or at the request of the Majority
Banks, shall be credited against interest obligations of the Borrowers in
respect of Loans or other Obligations or, if there are not Obligations or
undrawn Letters of Credit then outstanding, shall be payable to the Borrowers
upon its request. The Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent and Fleet for all
costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and Fleet in connection with
establishing and administering the LC Account. Notwithstanding any deposit of
cash in the LC Account, the Letter of Credit Fees shall continue to accrue on
the entire amount of Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.7.
(g) The Borrowers shall assume all risk of the acts, omissions or misuse
of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. The Agent, Fleet and the
Banks shall not be responsible for:
(i) the form, validity, enforceability, sufficiency, accuracy,
genuineness or legal effect of any Letter of Credit, any document submitted by
any party in connection with the application for, issuance of or payment of
drafts under a Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or
all respects in improper form, invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or
forged;
(ii) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal
effect of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or
assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds
thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for
any reason;
<PAGE>
(iii) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or
delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, telecopier or
otherwise;
(iv) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, counterclaim or other
right which any Borrower or any other Person may at any time have against the
beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Agent, Fleet or any other Bank or
any other Person in connection with this Agreement or any other transaction; or
(v) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document or
draft required in order to make payment under a Letter of Credit.
In furtherance and extension and not in limitation or derogation of any of
the foregoing, Fleet shall have no liability to the Borrowers or any Bank for
any action taken or omitted to be taken by Fleet in good faith in connection
with a Letter of Credit.
Section 2.9 Voluntary Changes in Commitment.
NPDC shall be entitled to terminate or reduce the Commitments and the
Total Commitment provided that NPDC shall give notice as to such termination or
reduction to the Banks and that any partial reduction of the Commitments and the
Total Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $500,000 or an
integral multiple thereof. Any such termination or reduction shall be permanent
and irrevocable.
Section 2.10 Use of Proceeds of Loans.
The proceeds of the Loans hereunder shall be used by the Borrowers solely
for the following purposes:
(a) To refinance all outstanding Indebtedness due to Fleet and Summit; and
(b) General corporate purposes not prohibited hereunder.
Section 2.11 Computations.
Interest on all Loans and each Fee shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding
(except in the case of Letter of Credit Fees) the last) occurring in the period
for which payable.
Section 2.12 Minimum Amounts of Borrowing, Conversions, Prepayments and
Letters of Credit.
Except for borrowings, conversions and prepayments that exhaust the full
remaining amount of the Commitments (in the case of borrowing) or result in the
conversion or prepayment of all Loans of a particular type (in the case of
conversions or prepayments) or conversions made pursuant to Section 2.21,
subsection 2.22 or Section 2.23 hereof, each borrowing from each Bank, each
conversion of Loans of one type into Loans of another type and each voluntary
prepayment of principal of Loans hereunder shall be in an amount at least equal
to $300,000 in the case of Prime Rate Loans and $600,000 in the case of Fixed
Rate Loans or an integral multiple thereof (borrowing, conversions and
prepayments of different types of Loans at the same time hereunder to be deemed
separate borrowing, conversions and prepayments for purposes of the foregoing,
one for each type).
<PAGE>
Section 2.13 Time and Method of Payments.
(a) All payments of principal, interest, Fees and other amounts (including
indemnities) payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made in Dollars, in
immediately available funds, by wire transfer or otherwise, to the Agent, at the
Principal Office, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date on
which such payment shall become due. The Agent or any Bank for whose account any
such payment of principal, interest or Fees is to be made may, but shall not be
obligated to, debit the amount of any such payment of principal, interest or
Fees that is not made by such time to any ordinary deposit account of any
Borrower with the Agent or such Bank, as the case may be. Any such payment of
principal, interest, Fees or other amounts made on such date but after such time
shall, if the amount paid bears interest, be deemed to have been made on, and
interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon until, the next
succeeding Business Day. If any payment of principal or interest becomes due on
a day other than a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding
Business Day and such extension shall be included in computing interest in
connection with such payment. Each payment received by the Agent hereunder for
the account of a Bank shall be paid to such Bank, in like funds, for the account
of such Bank's Applicable Lending Office, or such other arrangements as the
Agent and the Banks shall agree to, provided that after receipt by the Agent of
any Letter of Credit Fee for the account of the Banks, the Agent shall be
permitted a delay of up to two Business Days prior to paying each Bank its pro
rata share thereof.
(b) All payments hereunder and under the Notes shall be made without
set-off, counterclaim, deduction, recoupment or offset of any nature and in such
amounts as may be necessary in order that all such payments shall not be less
than the amounts otherwise specified to be paid under this Agreement and the
Notes.
Section 2.14 Lending Offices.
The Loans made by each Bank shall be made and maintained at such Bank's
Applicable Lending Office for Loans.
Section 2.15 Several Obligations.
The failure of any Bank to make any Loan to be made by it on the date
specified therefor shall not relieve the other Banks of their respective
obligations to make their Loans on such date, but no Bank shall be responsible
for the failure of the other Banks to make Loans to be made by such other Banks.
Section 2.16 Security.
(a) In order to secure the due payment and performance by the Borrowers of
the Obligations, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, each of the GPC Borrowers and MXL shall:
(i) Grant to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Banks a first lien
on and security interest in all of such Borrower's accounts receivable,
inventory and related contract rights, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
tangible and intangible, by the execution and delivery to the Agent of a
Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto (the
"Borrower Security Agreement" and, collectively, the "Borrower Security
Agreements");
<PAGE>
(ii) Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such other
agreements, instruments and documents as the Majority Banks or the Agent may
reasonably require in order to effect the purposes of the Borrower Security
Agreement, this Section 2.16 and this Agreement.
(b) All of the agreements, instruments and documents provided for or
referred to in this Section 2.16 are hereinafter sometimes referred to
collectively as the "Security Documents".
Section 2.17 Pro Rata Treatment Among Banks.
Except as otherwise provided herein: (i) each borrowing from the Banks
under Section 2.1 hereof will be made from the Banks and each payment of each
Fee (other than the Agency Fee and the issuance fee for Letters of Credit
payable to Fleet alone) shall be made for the account of the Banks pro rata
according to their respective Commitment Percentages; (ii) each conversion of
Loans of a particular type under Section 2.20 hereof (other than conversions
provided for by Sections 2.21, 2.22 or 2.23 hereof) will be made pro rata among
the Banks holding Loans of such type according to the respective principal
amounts of such Loans held by such Banks; (iv) each payment and prepayment of
principal of or interest on Loans of a particular type and Reimbursement
Obligations will be made to the Agent for the account of the Banks holding Loans
of such type and the Reimbursement Obligations pro rata in accordance with the
respective unpaid principal amounts of such Loans and the Reimbursement
Obligations held by such Banks; and (v) Interest Periods for Loans of a
particular type shall be allocated among the Banks holding Loans of such type
pro rata according to the respective principal amounts of such Loans held by
such Banks.
Section 2.18 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent.
Unless the Agent shall have been notified by a Bank or the Borrowers (the
"Payor") prior to the date on which such Bank is to make payment to the Agent of
the proceeds of a Loan to be made by it hereunder or the Borrowers are to make a
payment to the Agent for the account of one or more of the Banks, as the case
may be (such payment being herein called the "Required Payment"), which notice
shall be effective upon receipt, that the Payor does not intend to make the
Required Payment to the Agent, the Agent may assume that the Required Payment
has been made and may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be
required to), make the amount thereof available to the intended recipient on
such date and, if the Payor has not in fact made the Required Payment to the
Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand, repay to the Agent the
amount made available to it together with interest thereon in respect of each
day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available
by the Agent until the date the Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum
equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day (when the recipient is a Bank) or
equal to the Federal Funds Rate for the first three Business Days after receipt
and thereafter the rate of interest applicable to such Loan (when the recipient
is a Borrower).
<PAGE>
Section 2.19 Sharing of Payments and Set-off Among Banks.
Each of the Borrowers hereby agrees that, in addition to (and without
limitation of) any right of set-off, banker's lien or counterclaim a Bank may
otherwise have, the Agent and each Bank shall be entitled, at its option, to
offset balances held by it at any of its offices against any principal of or
interest on any of the Loans and/or Obligations hereunder, or any Fee payable to
it, that is not paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due
to such Borrower), in which case it shall promptly notify such Borrower and (in
the case of offset by a Bank) the Agent thereof, provided that its failure to
give such notice shall not affect the validity thereof. Except after the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and the
Banks shall be permitted to exercise such rights of offset only against
principal, interest and Fees not paid when due. If a Bank shall effect payment
of any principal of or interest on Loans and/or other Obligations held by it
under this Agreement through the exercise of any right of set-off, banker's
lien, counterclaim or similar right, it shall promptly purchase from the other
Banks participations in the Loans held by the other Banks in such amounts, and
make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end
that all the Banks shall share the benefit of such payment pro rata in
accordance with the unpaid principal and interest on the Loans and/or other
Obligations held by each of them. To such end all the Banks shall make
appropriate adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold
or otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be restored. Each
Borrower agrees that any Bank so purchasing a participation in the Loans and/or
other Obligations held by the other Banks may exercise all rights of set-off,
banker's lien, counterclaim or similar rights with respect to such participation
as fully as if such Bank were a direct holder of Loans and/or other Obligations
in the amount of such participation. Nothing contained herein shall require any
Bank to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any Bank to
exercise and retain the benefits of exercising any such right with respect to
any other indebtedness or obligation of any Borrower.
Section 2.20 Conversions of Loans.
The Borrowers shall have the right to convert Loans of one type into Loans
of another type from time to time, provided that: (i) NPDC, MXL or GPC, on
behalf of the GPC Borrowers, shall give the Agent notice of each such conversion
as provided in Section 2.2 hereof; (ii) Fixed Rate Loans may be converted only
on the last day of an Interest Period for such Loans; and (iii) no Prime Rate
Loan may be converted into a Fixed Rate Loan if on the proposed date of
conversion a Default or an Event of Default exists. The Agent shall use its best
efforts to notify NPDC, MXL or GPC, on behalf of the GPC Borrowers, of the
effectiveness of such conversion, and the new interest rate to which the
converted Loans are subject, as soon as practicable after the conversion;
provided, however, that any failure to give such notice shall not result in any
liability of the Agent or affect the Borrowers' Obligations, or the Agent's or
the Banks' rights and remedies, hereunder in any way whatsoever.
<PAGE>
Section 2.21 Additional Costs; Capital Requirements.
(a) In the event that after the date of this Agreement any change in or
adoption of any law or regulation, guideline or interpretation thereof by any
court or administrative or governmental authority charged with the
administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or any corporation controlling
such Bank with any new or changed request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law) of any such authority shall impose, modify or deem applicable
or result in the application of, any capital maintenance, capital ratio or
similar requirement against commitments made or Letters of Credit issued or
participated in by any Bank hereunder or the Obligations of the Borrowers, and
the result of any event referred to above is to (i) impose upon any Bank or any
corporation controlling such Bank or increase any capital requirement applicable
as a result of the making or maintenance of, such Bank's Commitment, the
issuance of Letters of Credit or participations therein or the Obligations of
the Borrowers hereunder (which imposition of capital requirements may be
determined by each Bank's reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such capital
increases or impositions), or (ii) reduce the rate of return on such Bank's
capital or the capital of any corporation controlling such Bank to a level below
that which it could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or
directive, then, upon demand made by such Bank as promptly as practicable after
it obtains knowledge that such law, regulation, guideline, interpretation,
request or directive exists and determines to make such demand, the Borrowers
shall immediately pay to such Bank from time to time as specified by such Bank
additional commitment fees which shall be sufficient to compensate such Bank or
any corporation controlling such Bank for such imposition of or increase in
capital requirements or reduced rate of return together with interest on each
such amount from the date demanded until payment in full thereof, such interest,
for the first thirty (30) days after the date of such demand, to be at the rate
applicable to Loans hereunder, and, from and after the thirty-first (31st) day
after such demand, at the Post-Default Rate applicable to Loans hereunder. A
certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount necessary to
compensate such Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank as a result of an
imposition of or increase in capital requirements or reduced rate of return
submitted by such Bank to NPDC shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, as to
the amount thereof. For purposes of this Section 2.21, in calculating the amount
necessary to compensate any Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank for
any imposition of or increase in capital requirements or reduced rate of return,
such Bank shall allocate such amount among its customers similarly situated to
the Borrowers in good faith and on an equitable basis.
(b) In the event that any Regulatory Change shall: (i) change the basis of
taxation of any amounts payable to any Bank under this Agreement or the Notes in
respect of any Loans or other Obligations (other than taxes imposed on the
overall net income of such Bank for any such Loans by the United States of
America or the jurisdiction in which such Bank has its principal office or
Applicable Lending Office); or (ii) impose or modify any reserve, Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation premium or assessment, special deposit or similar
requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any
deposits with or other liabilities of, such Bank (including any of such Loans or
any deposits referred to in the definition of "Fixed Base Rate" in Article 1
hereof); or (iii) impose any other conditions affecting this Agreement in
<PAGE>
respect of Loans, Letters of Credit or participations therein (or any of such
extensions of credit, assets, deposits or liabilities); and the result of any
event referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be to increase such
Bank's costs of making or maintaining any Loans, Letters of Credit or
participations therein or its Commitment, or to reduce any amount receivable by
such Bank hereunder in respect of any of its Loans, Letters of Credit or
participations therein or its Commitment (such increases in costs and reductions
in amounts receivable are hereinafter referred to as "Additional Costs") then,
upon demand made by such Bank as promptly as practicable after it obtains
knowledge that such a Regulatory Change exists and determines to make such
demand (a copy of which demand shall be delivered to the Agent), the Borrowers
shall pay to such Bank from time to time as specified by such Bank, additional
commitment fees or other amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate such
Bank for such increased cost or reduction in amounts receivable by such Bank
from the date of such change, together with interest on each such amount from
the date demanded until payment in full thereof, such interest, for the first
thirty (30) days after the date of such demand, to be at the rate applicable to
Loans hereunder, and, from and after the thirty-first (31st) day after such
demand, at the Post-Default Rate applicable to Loans hereunder.
(c) Without limiting the effect of the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2.21, in the event that, by reason of any Regulatory Change, any Bank
either: (i) incurs Additional Costs based on or measured by the excess above a
specified level of the amount of a category of deposits or other liabilities of
such Bank which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
Fixed Rate Loans is determined as provided in this Agreement or a category of
extensions of credit or other assets of such Bank which includes Fixed Rate
Loans, or (ii) becomes subject to restrictions on the amount of such a category
of liabilities or assets that it may hold, then, if such Bank so elects by
notice to NPDC (with a copy to the Agent), the obligation of such Bank to make,
and to convert Loans of any other type into, Loans of such type hereunder shall
be suspended until the date such Regulatory Change ceases to be in effect (and
all Loans of such type then outstanding shall be converted into Prime Rate Loans
or into Fixed Rate Loans of another duration, as the case may be, in accordance
with Section 2.24 hereof).
(d) Determinations by any Bank for purposes of this Section 2.21 of the
effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of making or maintaining Loans or
on amounts receivable by it in respect of Loans, and of the additional amounts
required to compensate such Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be
set forth in writing in reasonable detail and shall be conclusive, absent
manifest error.
(e) In the event that any Bank demands compensation under this Section
2.21, then (without limiting or reducing the obligations of the Borrowers under
this Section 2.21), such Bank shall take reasonable steps to mitigate the
circumstances resulting in such demand, provided, that such Bank shall not be
required to take any such steps if, in its opinion, such steps (i) would be
inconsistent with the Bank's internal policies, (ii) would or might have an
adverse effect upon the Bank's business, operations or financial condition or
(iii) would result in any cost, liability or expense to the Bank.
(f) The provisions of this Section 2.21 shall survive any termination of
this Agreement.
Section 2.22 Limitation on Types of Loans.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the
determination of an interest rate for any Fixed Rate Loans for any Interest
Period therefor, any Bank determines (which determination shall be conclusive):
<PAGE>
(a) by reason of any event affecting the money markets in the United
States of America or the Eurodollar interbank market, quotations of interest
rates for the relevant deposits are not being provided to it in the relevant
amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining the rate of
interest for such Loans under this Agreement; or
(b) the rates of interest referred to in the definition of "Fixed Base
Rate" in Article 1 hereof upon the basis of which the rate of interest on any
Fixed Rate Loans for such period is determined, do not accurately reflect the
cost to such Bank of making or maintaining such Loans for such period, then such
Bank promptly shall notify the Agent which shall give NPDC and each other Bank
prompt notice thereof (and shall thereafter give NPDC and each Bank prompt
notice of the cessation, if any, of such condition), and so long as such
condition remains in effect, the Banks shall be under no obligation to make
Loans of such type or to convert Loans of any other type into Loans of such type
and the Borrowers shall, on the last day(s) of the then current Interest
Period(s) for the outstanding Loans of the affected type either prepay such
Loans in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof or convert such Loans into Loans of
another type in accordance with Section 2.20 hereof.
Section 2.23 Illegality.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in the event
that it becomes unlawful for any Bank or its Applicable Lending Office to:
(i) honor its obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans hereunder, or (ii) maintain
Fixed Rate Loans hereunder, then such Bank shall promptly notify NPDC thereof
(with a copy to the Agent), describing such illegality in reasonable detail (and
shall thereafter promptly notify NPDC and the Agent of the cessation, if any, of
such illegality), and such Bank's obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans and to
convert other types of Loans into Fixed Rate Loans hereunder shall, upon written
notice given by such Bank to NPDC, be suspended until such time as such Bank may
again make and maintain Fixed Rate Loans and such Bank's outstanding Fixed Rate
Loans shall be converted into Prime Rate Loans in accordance with Sections 2.20
and 2.24 hereof.
Section 2.24 Certain Conversions pursuant to Sections 2.21, 2.22 and 2.23.
If the Loans of any Bank of a particular type (Loans of such type are
hereinafter referred to as "Affected Loans" and such type is hereinafter
referred to as the "Affected Type") are to be converted pursuant to Section
2.21, Section 2.22 or Section 2.23 hereof, such Bank's Affected Loans shall be
converted into Prime Rate Loans, or Fixed Rate Loans of another type, as the
case may be (the "New Type Loans") on the last day(s) of the then current
Interest Period(s) for the Affected Loans (or, in the case of a conversion
required by Section 2.21 or Section 2.23 hereof, on such earlier date as such
Bank may specify to NPDC with a copy to the Agent) and, until such Bank gives
notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 2.21,
Section 2.22 or Section 2.23 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer
exist:
(a) to the extent that such Bank's Affected Loans have been so converted,
all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to
such Affected Loans shall be applied instead to its New Type Loans;
<PAGE>
(b) all Loans that would otherwise be made by such Bank as Loans of the
Affected Type shall be made instead as New Type Loans and all Loans of such Bank
that would otherwise be converted into Loans of the Affected Type shall be
converted instead into (or shall remain as) New Type Loans; and
(c) if Loans of any of the Banks other than such Bank that are the same
type as the Affected Type are subsequently converted into Loans of another type
(which type is other than New Type Loans), then such Bank's New Type Loans shall
be automatically converted on the conversion date into Loans of such other type
to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by
such Bank and the Banks whose Loans are so converted are held pro rata (as to
principal amounts, types and, to the extent applicable, Interest Periods) in
accordance with their respective Commitments.
Section 2.25 Indemnification.
The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank, upon
the request of such Bank through the Agent, such amount or amounts as shall
compensate such Bank for any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of
anticipated profits) incurred by such Bank (as reasonably determined by such
Bank) as a result of:
(a) any payment or prepayment or conversion of a Fixed Rate Loan held by
such Bank on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for such Fixed
Rate Loan; or
(b) any failure by any Borrower to borrow a Fixed Rate Loan held by such
Bank on the date for such borrowing specified in the relevant Borrowing Notice
under Section 2.2 hereof, such compensation to include, without limitation, an
amount equal to: (A) any loss or expense suffered by such Bank during the period
from the date of receipt of such early payment or prepayment or the date of such
conversion or the date of failure to borrow to the last day of the applicable
Interest Period if the rate of interest obtainable by such Bank upon the
redeployment of an amount of funds equal to such Bank's pro rata share of such
payment, prepayment or conversion or the amount that any Borrower failed to
borrow is less than the rate of interest (less the Applicable Margin) applicable
to such Fixed Rate Loan for such Interest Period, or (B) any loss or expense
suffered by such Bank in liquidating Eurodollar deposits prior to maturity that
correspond to such Bank's pro rata share of such payment, prepayment, conversion
or the amount that any Borrower failed to borrow. The determination by each such
Bank of the amount of any such loss or expense, when set forth in a written
notice to NPDC, containing such Bank's calculation thereof in reasonable detail,
shall be presumed correct, in the absence of manifest error.
<PAGE>
Section 2.26 Withholding Tax Exemption.
Each of the Agent, any Bank or Eligible Assignee that is a Non-U.S. Person
(as defined below) and that is, or becomes, a party hereto hereby represents and
warrants that, as of the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, payments
made to it hereunder are exempt from withholding of U.S. Federal income taxes
(i) because such payments are effectively connected with a United States trade
or business conducted by such Non-U.S. Person or (ii) pursuant to the terms of
an income tax treaty between the United States and such Non-U.S. Person's
country of residence. Each of the Agent and any Bank or Eligible Assignee that
is not incorporated or otherwise formed under the laws of the United States of
America or a state thereof (a "Non-U.S. Person") agrees that, on or prior to the
date of this Agreement or, if later, the date it becomes a party to this
Agreement, it will deliver to the Agent and the Borrowers two duly completed
copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, or any
successor applicable form (a "Form 1001 or 4224"), as the case may be,
certifying in each case that such Bank, the Agent or Eligible Assignee is
entitled to receive payments payable to it hereunder without deduction or
withholding of any United States Federal income taxes. Each of the Agent, or any
Bank or Eligible Assignee that delivers to the Borrowers and the Agent two
copies of Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence
further undertakes to deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent further copies of
such Form 1001 or 4224, as the case may be, or other manner of certification
reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Agent, on or before the date
that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or on the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered
by it to the Borrowers or the Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as
may reasonably be requested by the Borrowers or the Agent, certifying that such
Agent, Bank or Eligible Assignee, as the case may be, is entitled to receive
payments hereunder without deduction or withholding of any United States Federal
income taxes, or, to the extent applicable following a Regulatory Change,
subject to a reduced rate thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
Section 2.26, if on or prior to the date on which any delivery of such Form 1001
or 4224 providing for a complete exemption from withholding of any United States
Federal income taxes ("Complete Exemption Forms"), as the case may be, would
otherwise be required, there has occurred any Regulatory Change that renders all
such Complete Exemption Forms inapplicable or ineffective for the Agent, such
Bank or Eligible Assignee, as the case may be, or which would prevent any of
them from duly completing and delivering any such Complete Exemption Form or
certification with respect to it, the Agent, or such Bank or Eligible Assignee,
as the case may be, shall advise the Borrowers that it shall be subject to
withholding of United States Federal income tax at the full statutory rate or at
a reduced rate thereof (whichever is applicable). Each Non-U.S. Person shall
have an obligation under this paragraph to furnish a Complete Exemption Form to
the Borrowers and the Agent until a Regulatory Change occurs which would render
such form inapplicable or ineffective or prevent such Non-U.S. Person from
providing any such form. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the Borrowers shall have no obligation to pay any Taxes or to
indemnify any Bank, the Agent or any Eligible Assignee for such Taxes pursuant
to this Agreement to the extent that such Taxes result from (i) the failure of
any Bank, Agent, or Eligible Assignee to comply with its obligations pursuant to
this paragraph or (ii) any representation made in the first sentence of this
paragraph or on Form 1001 or 4224 or successor applicable form or certification
by any Bank, the Agent, or Eligible Assignee incurring such Taxes proving to
have been incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when so made or
deemed to be made.
<PAGE>
Section 2.27 Concerning Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers.
(a) Each of the Borrowers is accepting joint and several liability for all
Obligations hereunder in consideration of the financial accommodation to be
provided by the Banks under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and
indirectly, of each of the Borrowers and in consideration of the undertakings of
each of the Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the obligations
of each of them.
(b) Each of the Borrowers jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint
and several liability with the other Borrowers with respect to the payment and
performance of all of the Obligations, it being the intention of the parties
hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of
each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction among them.
(c) If and to the extent that any of the Borrowers shall fail to make any
payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any
of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such
event, the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to, or perform,
such Obligation.
(d) The obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section
2.27 constitute full recourse obligations of such Borrower, enforceable against
it to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other
circumstances whatsoever.
(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each Borrower hereby
waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of any
and all Loans made or other Obligations incurred under this Agreement, notice of
occurrence of any Event of Default, or of any demand for any payment under this
Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by the Agent or any
Bank under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence
and, generally, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in
connection with this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives
notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of
the Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver,
consent or other action or acquiescence by the Agent or any Bank at any time or
times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or
satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement,
any and all other indulgences whatsoever by the Agent or any Bank in respect of
any of the Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in
whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the
Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of
any Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower
assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on the part of
the Agent or any Bank, including, without limitation, any failure strictly or
diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to comply fully with
applicable laws or regulations thereunder which might, but for the provisions of
this Section 2.27, afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving such
Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its obligations under this Section
2.27, it being the intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the
Obligations remain unsatisfied, the obligations of such Borrower under this
Section 2.27 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the
extent of such performance. The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section
2.27 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up,
reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding
with respect to any Borrower or any Bank. The joint and several liability of the
Borrowers hereunder shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any
absorption, merger, amalgamation or any other change whatsoever in the name,
membership, constitution or place of formation of any Borrower or any Bank.
<PAGE>
(f) The provisions of this Section 2.27 are made for the benefit of the
Agent and each Bank and their successors and assigns, and may be enforced by it
from time to time against any of the Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may
arise and without requirement on the part of the Agent or any Bank first to
marshal any of its claims or to exercise any of its rights against the other
Borrowers or to exhaust any remedies available to it against the other Borrowers
or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the
Obligations or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.27
shall remain in effect until all the Obligations shall have been paid in full or
otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any part thereof,
made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored or returned by the Agent or any Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization of any of the Borrowers, or otherwise, the provisions of this
Section 2.27 will forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had
not been made.
Article 3. Representations and Warranties.
The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Banks and the Agent
that:
Section 3.1 Organization.
(a) Each of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party is duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of its state of organization and has the power
to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged
and in which it proposes to be engaged. Exhibit B hereto accurately and
completely lists as of the date hereof, as to each Borrower and each other Loan
Party: (i) the state of incorporation or organization of each such entity, and
the type of legal entity that each of them is, and the classes and number of
authorized and outstanding shares of capital stock of each such corporation, and
the non-public owners of such outstanding shares of capital stock, and (ii) the
business in which each of such entities is engaged. All of the foregoing shares
or other equity interests that are issued and outstanding on the date hereof
have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are
owned by the Persons referred to on Exhibit B, free and clear of any Lien except
as otherwise provided for herein. Except as set forth on Exhibit B, on the date
hereof there are no outstanding warrants, options, contracts or commitments of
any kind entitling any Person to purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of
capital stock or other equity interests of any of the Borrowers nor are there
outstanding any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any
shares of capital stock or other equity interests of any Borrower. Except as set
forth on Exhibit B, on the date hereof none of the Borrowers has any Subsidiary
or is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person.
(b) Each of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party is in good standing in
its state of organization and in each state in which it is qualified to do
business. There are no jurisdictions other than as set forth on Exhibit B hereto
in which the character of the properties owned or proposed to be owned by any
Borrower or any other Loan Party or in which the transaction of the business of
any Borrower or any other Loan Party as now conducted or as proposed to be
conducted requires or will require such Borrower or any other Loan Party to
qualify to do business and as to which failure so to qualify could have a
Materially Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
Section 3.2 Power, Authority, Consents.
Each Borrower and each other Loan Party has the power to execute, deliver
and perform the Loan Documents to be executed by it. Each Borrower has the power
to borrow hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize
the borrowing hereunder on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each
Borrower and each other Loan Party has taken all necessary action, corporate or
otherwise, to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
Documents to be executed by it. No consent or approval of any Person (including,
without limitation, any stockholder of any corporate Loan Party), no consent or
approval of any landlord or mortgagee, no waiver of any Lien or right of
distraint or other similar right and no consent, license, certificate of need,
approval, authorization or declaration of any governmental authority, bureau or
agency, is or will be required in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, or the validity,
enforcement or priority, of the Loan Documents or any Lien created and granted
thereunder, except (a) as set forth on Exhibit C hereto, each of which either
has been duly and validly obtained on or prior to the date hereof and is now in
full force and effect, or is designated on Exhibit C as waived by the Majority
Banks, (b) the filing of UCC-3 assignments by Fleet to the Agent and filing of
UCC-1 financing statements by the Agent and (c) consents under any agreement,
bond, note or indenture referred to in Section 3.3 hereof, the failure of which
to be obtained would not create (with or without the giving of notice or lapse
of time, or both), a default under or breach of such agreement, bond, note or
indenture that would individually or in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse
Effect.
Section 3.3 No Violation of Law or Agreements.
The execution and delivery by each Borrower and each other Loan Party of
each Loan Document to which it is a party and performance by it hereunder and
thereunder, will not violate any provision of law and will not, except as set
forth on Exhibit C hereto, conflict, in any material respect, with or result in
a breach of any order, writ, injunction, ordinance, resolution, decree, or other
similar document or instrument of any court or governmental authority, bureau or
agency, domestic or foreign, and will not conflict with any certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, or create
(with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both) a default under
or breach of any agreement, bond, note or indenture to which any Borrower or any
other Loan Party is a party, or by which any of them is bound or any of their
respective properties or assets is affected, that would individually or in the
aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect, or result in the imposition of any
Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets owned by or
used in connection with the business of any Borrower or any other Loan Party,
except for the Liens created and granted pursuant to the Security Documents.
<PAGE>
Section 3.4 Due Execution, Validity, Enforceability.
This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a
party has been duly executed and delivered by the Loan Party that is a party
thereto and each constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of such
Borrower or other Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable in accordance
with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws, now
or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally and except that the remedy of specific performance and other
equitable remedies are subject to judicial discretion.
Section 3.5 Properties, Priority of Liens.
All of the properties and assets covered by any Security Document and
owned by the respective Borrowers and each other Loan Party that is executing a
Security Document are owned by each of them, respectively, free and clear of any
Lien of any nature whatsoever, except as provided for in the Security Documents,
and as permitted by Section 7.2 hereof. The Liens that, simultaneously with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the initial
Loans, have been created and granted by the Security Documents constitute valid
perfected first Liens on the properties and assets covered by the Security
Documents, subject to no prior or equal Lien except as permitted by Section 7.2
hereof.
Section 3.6 Judgments, Actions, Proceedings.
Except as set forth on Exhibit E hereto, there are no outstanding
judgments, actions or proceedings, including, without limitation, any
Environmental Proceeding, pending before any court or governmental authority,
bureau or agency, with respect to or, to the best of any Borrower's knowledge,
threatened against or affecting any Borrower or any other Loan Party, that (a)
could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, (b) question
the validity of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or (c)
purport to materially adversely affect any transaction contemplated by the Loan
Documents, nor, to the best of any Borrower's knowledge, is there any reasonable
basis for the institution of any such action or proceeding that is probable of
assertion, nor are there any such actions or proceedings in which any Borrower
or any other Loan Party is a plaintiff or complainant.
<PAGE>
Section 3.7 No Defaults, Compliance With Laws.
Except as set forth on Exhibit F hereto, neither any Borrower nor any
other Loan Party is in default under any agreement, ordinance, resolution,
decree, bond, note, indenture, order or judgment to which it is a party or by
which it is bound, or any other agreement or other instrument by which any of
the properties or assets owned by it or used in the conduct of its business is
affected, which default could have a Materially Adverse Effect or a materially
adverse effect on the ability of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party to
perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party. The
Borrowers have complied and are in compliance in all respects with all
applicable laws, ordinances and regulations, resolutions, ordinances, decrees
and other similar documents and instruments of all courts and governmental
authorities, bureaus and agencies, domestic and foreign, including, without
limitation, all applicable Environmental Laws and Regulations, non-compliance
with which could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect or a
materially adverse effect on the ability of any Borrower or other Loan Party to
perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.
Section 3.8 Burdensome Documents.
Except as set forth on Exhibit G hereto, neither any Borrower nor any of
the other Loan Parties is a party to or bound by, nor are any of the properties
or assets owned by any Borrower or any other Loan Party used in the conduct of
their respective businesses affected by, any agreement, ordinance, resolution,
decree, bond, note, indenture, order or judgment, including, without limitation,
any of the foregoing relating to any Environmental Matter, that has or is
expected in the future to have a Materially Adverse Effect.
Section 3.9 Financial Statements
Each of the Financial Statements is correct and complete in all material
respects and presents fairly the consolidated financial position of the
Borrowers included therein, and each other entity to which it relates, as at its
date, and the results of operations for the period then ended, subject to
year-end audit adjustments in the case of the interim financial statements, and
has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Neither the Borrowers, nor any other entity to which any of the Financial
Statements relates, has any material obligation, liability or commitment, direct
or contingent (including, without limitation, any Environmental Liability), that
is not reflected in the Financial Statements and that could have a Materially
Adverse Effect. There has been no material adverse change in the financial
position or operations of the Borrowers, or any other entity to which any of the
Financial Statements relates, since the date of the latest balance sheet
included in the Financial Statements (the "Latest Balance Sheet"). Each
Borrower's fiscal year is the twelve-month period ending on December 31 in each
year.
<PAGE>
Section 3.10 Tax Returns
Each of the Borrowers has filed or caused to be filed all federal, state
and local tax returns required to be filed by it and has not failed to pay any
taxes, or interest and penalties relating thereto, on or before the due dates
thereof or any lawful extensions, except those taxes being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, and as to which
adequate reserves relating thereto have been established. Except to the extent
that proper reserves therefor are reflected in the Financial Statements: (i)
there are no material federal, state or local tax liabilities of any Borrower,
due or to become due for any tax year ended on or prior to the date of the
Latest Balance Sheet relating to such entity, whether incurred in respect of or
measured by the income of such entity, that are not properly reflected in the
Latest Balance Sheet relating to such entity, and (ii) there are no material
claims pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, proposed or threatened
against any Borrower, for past federal, state or local taxes.
Section 3.11 Intangible Assets.
Each of the Borrowers possesses all patents, trademarks, service marks,
trade names, and copyrights, and rights with respect to the foregoing, necessary
to conduct its business as now conducted, without any known conflict with the
patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, and copyrights and rights with
respect to the foregoing, of any other Person, and each of such patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and rights with respect
thereto, together with any pending applications therefor, which are material to
the conduct of their respective businesses, are listed on Exhibit H hereto.
Section 3.12 Regulation U.
No part of the proceeds received by any Borrower from the Loans will be
used directly or indirectly for: (a) any purpose other than as set forth in
Section 2.10 hereof, or (b) the purpose of purchasing or carrying, or for
payment in full or in part of Indebtedness that was incurred for the purposes of
purchasing or carrying, any "margin stock", as such term is defined in Section
221.3 of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
12 C.F.R., Chapter II, Part 221.
Section 3.13 Name Changes, Mergers, Acquisitions; Location of Collateral.
(a) Except as set forth on Exhibit I hereto, neither any Borrower nor any
other Loan Party that is granting Liens on its assets (other than shares of
stock) pursuant to any Security Document has within the six-year period
immediately preceding the date of this Agreement changed its name, been the
surviving entity of a merger or consolidation, or acquired all or substantially
all of the assets of any Person.
(b) Except as set forth on Exhibit I hereto, no Collateral constituting
personal property having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $50,000
covered by the Security Documents has, at any time during the four-month period
immediately preceding the date hereof, been located anywhere other than at its
location on the date hereof.
<PAGE>
Section 3.14 Full Disclosure.
None of the Financial Statements, nor any certificate, opinion, or any
other statement made or furnished in writing to the Agent or any Bank by or on
behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party in connection with this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated herein, contains any untrue statement of a
material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained therein or herein not misleading, as of the date such
statement was made. There is no fact known to any Borrower that has, or would in
the now foreseeable future have, a Materially Adverse Effect, which fact has not
been set forth herein, in the Financial Statements or any certificate, opinion
or other written statement so made or furnished to the Agent or the Banks other
than industry-wide factors or factors which affect the economy in general.
Section 3.15 Licenses and Approvals.
Each Borrower has all necessary licenses, permits and governmental
authorizations, which are material to their respective operations, financial
condition and properties, including, without limitation, licenses, permits and
authorizations relating to Environmental Matters, to own and operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.
Section 3.16 Labor Disputes; Collective Bargaining Agreements; Employee
Grievances.
Except as set forth on Exhibit J hereto: (a) on the date hereof, there are
no collective bargaining agreements or other labor contracts covering any
Borrower; (b) no such collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract
will expire during the term of this Agreement; (c) to the best of each
Borrower's knowledge, no union or other labor organization is seeking to
organize, or to be recognized as bargaining representative for, a bargaining
unit of employees of any Borrower which would have a Materially Adverse Effect;
(d) to the best of each Borrower's knowledge, there is no pending or threatened
strike, work stoppage, unfair labor practice claim or charge, arbitration or
other labor dispute against or affecting any Borrower or its employees, which
would have a Materially Adverse Effect; (e) there has not been, during the five
(5) year period prior to the date hereof, a strike, work stoppage, unfair labor
practice claim or charge, arbitration or other labor dispute against or
affecting any Borrower or any of its employees; and (f) there are no actions,
suits, charges, demands, claims, counterclaims or proceedings pending or, to the
best of any Borrower's knowledge, threatened against such Borrower, by or on
behalf of, or with, its employees, other than employee grievances arising in the
ordinary course of business, which would have a Materially Adverse Effect.
Section 3.17 Condition of Assets.
All of the assets and properties of each Borrower that are reasonably
necessary for the operation of its business are in good working condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, and are able to serve the function for which
they are currently being used.
<PAGE>
Section 3.18 ERISA.
(a) The Borrowers currently have Plans listed on Exhibit K hereto, the
application of ERISA to which could give rise to direct or contingent
liabilities of the Borrowers to the PBGC, the Department of Labor or the IRS.
(b) Each of the Plans is operated and administered in all material
respects in accordance with applicable laws including, but not limited to, all
material applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and each Borrower has made
all requisite premium payments to the PBGC.
(c) Except as described in Exhibit K hereto, no "Reportable Event", as
defined in Title IV of ERISA, that is subject to the 30-day notice requirement
of Section 4043(b) of ERISA in respect of any of the Plans has occurred. None of
the Borrowers has received any notice from the PBGC that any of the Plans is
being involuntarily terminated or from the Secretary of the Treasury that any
partial or full termination of any of the Plans has occurred and no event shall
have occurred, and there shall exist as of the date hereof no condition or set
of circumstances that present a material risk of the involuntary termination of
any of the Plans.
(d) No unpaid or contingent liability to the PBGC has been or is expected
to be incurred, directly or indirectly, by any Borrower (other than for payment
of PBGC premiums in the ordinary course). No event has occurred and there exists
no condition or set of circumstances that presents a material risk of the
termination or partial termination of any Plan that could result, directly or
indirectly, in a liability on the part of any Borrower to the PBGC.
(e) No "prohibited transaction" as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code has occurred with respect to any of the Plans which
would subject any Borrower to any material liability.
(f) Each Borrower has made all required contributions under the Plans for
all periods through and including December 31, 1996, or adequate accruals
therefor have been provided for in the Financial Statements. No "accumulated
funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived,
has occurred with respect to any of the Plans.
(g) Except as described in Exhibit K hereto, the actuarial value of vested
benefits required to be funded by any Borrower, or with respect to which any
Borrower is liable under the Plans, did not as of the last valuation date, which
in the case of any individual Plan was not earlier than December 31, 1996,
exceed the actuarial value of the assets of the Plans allocable to such vested
and non-vested benefits.
(h) No Borrower is a participating employer in any Plan under which more
than one employer makes contributions as described in Section 4063 and 4064 of
ERISA or a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
(i)(i) All references to a Borrower in this Section 3.18 or in any other
Section of this Agreement relating to ERISA shall be deemed to refer to such
Borrower and all other entities that are part of a Controlled Group.
<PAGE>
Section 3.19 Laws and Regulations.
Neither any Borrower nor any Loan Party is an "investment company" or a
company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a "holding company" or a
"subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding
company" or of a "subsidiary company" within the meaning of the Public Utility
Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. Neither any Borrower nor any other Loan
Party is subject to regulation under any federal, state or foreign statute or
regulation limiting its ability to incur or pay the obligations under this
Agreement.
Section 3.20 Inventory Management Corporation.
Inventory Management Corporation is an inactive Subsidiary of GPC which is
not engaged in any business or activity other than liquidating its assets which
have a value less than $50,000 in total.
Section 3.21 SGLG, Inc.
The aggregate amount of Accounts of SGLG, Inc. (excluding the Indebtedness
referred to in Exhibit M, paragraph 1) on the date hereof is not in excess of
$2,000,000.
Article 4. Conditions to the Loans and Letters of Credit.
Section 4.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit.
The obligation of each Bank to make the initial Loans to be made by it
hereunder and issue (or participate in) the initial Letters of Credit shall be
subject to the fulfillment (to the satisfaction of the Banks) of the following
conditions precedent:
(a) The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Agent the
Notes.
(b) The Borrowers shall have:
(i) executed and delivered to the Agent the Borrower Security Agreements;
(ii) duly executed and delivered to the Agent appropriate Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements in order to enable the Agent to perfect and
preserve its security interest in the Collateral which can be perfected by
filing of such UCC financing statements;
(iii) if required by the Majority Banks, delivered to the Agent
acknowledgment copies thereof evidencing such filings;
(iv) delivered to the Agent: (A) copies of, or certificates of the
brokers with respect to, policies of insurance owned by the Borrowers covering
or in any manner relating to the Collateral and are otherwise in form and
substance satisfactory to the Majority Banks, naming the Agent, in its capacity
as such, as additional insured and loss payee as its interests may appear; and
(B) evidence of each Borrower's liability insurance policies;
<PAGE>
(v) in the case of the GPC Borrowers, delivered to the Agent notices
required by the Borrower Security Agreements to comply with the Federal
Assignment of Claims Act; and
(vi) otherwise duly complied with all of the terms and conditions of the
Security Documents to be executed by it.
(c) Lawrence Gordon, Esq., general counsel to the Borrowers, Kenneth
Crawford, Esq., general counsel to the GPC Borrowers, Piper & Marbury, special
Maryland counsel to the Borrowers, and Duane, Morris & Heckscher, special New
York and Pennsylvania counsel to the Borrowers, shall have delivered their
opinions to the Agent, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority
Banks, with such reliance on such opinions of special counsel in jurisdictions
other than New York as shall be attached thereto as are satisfactory in form and
substance to the Majority Banks.
(d) The Borrowers shall have paid the Banks and Agent all Fees then due in
accordance with the terms hereof.
(e) The Agent and the Banks shall have received true and complete copies
of the following, each certified as such in a certificate executed by the chief
financial officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers:
(i) The Financial Statements;
(ii) Such agreements covered by the Security Documents as shall be
specifically requested by the Majority Banks; and
(iii) The Foreign Subsidiaries Pledged Note.
(f) The Agent shall have received copies of the following:
(i) All of the consents, approvals and waivers referred to on Exhibit C
hereto (except only those which, as stated on Exhibit C, shall not be
delivered), all landlord waivers of distraint or similar instruments of waiver
or subordination with respect to all leased locations where inventory Collateral
is located to the extent required by the Majority Banks;
(ii) The certificates of incorporation of the Borrowers certified by the
Secretary of State of their respective states of incorporation;
(iii) The by-laws of the Borrowers, certified by their respective
secretaries;
(iv) All corporate action taken by the Borrowers to authorize the
execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to which it is
a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, certified by their respective
secretaries;
<PAGE>
(v) Good standing certificates as of dates not more than twenty (20)
days, prior to the date of the initial Loan, with respect to each Borrower from
the Secretary of State of their respective states of incorporation and each
state in which each of them is qualified to do business, except that: (A) GPC
shall deliver such certificates only for the following states where it is
qualified: Maryland, Michigan, Virginia, Connecticut, New Jersey, South
Carolina, Florida, California, Pennsylvania and New York, (B) GPE shall deliver
such certificates only for the following state where it is qualified: Maryland,
(C) GPS shall deliver such certificates only for the following states where it
is qualified: Connecticut, Maryland and Virginia, (D) NPDC shall deliver such
certificates only for the following state where it is qualified: New York, and
(E) MXL shall deliver such certificates only for the following states where it
is qualified: Pennsylvania and Illinois; and
(vi) An incumbency certificate (with specimen signatures) with respect to
each Borrower.
(g) Each Borrower shall have executed a subordination agreement in favor
of the Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 hereto providing for the
subordination of all obligations to the other Borrowers to the Obligations (the
"Subordination Agreement"), NPDC and GPC shall have executed a subordination
agreement in favor of the Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto
relating to the 6% Subordinated Debentures Due 2004 dated as of August 31, 1996
issued by GPC, NPDC and Five Star shall have executed a Subordination Agreement
in favor of the Agent providing for the subordination of NPDC's obligations to
Five Star (including non-payment of such obligations at all times) to NPDC's
Obligations and SGLG, Inc. and GPC shall have executed a Subordination Agreement
in favor of the Agent providing for the subordination of GPC's obligations to
SGLG, Inc. (including non-payment of such obligations at all times, except
payments of $50,000 in each three-month period may be made in certain
circumstances set forth therein) to GPC's Obligations.
(h) The Foreign Subsidiaries shall have executed the Foreign Subsidiaries
Pledged Note, and GPC shall have endorsed such note in blank and delivered the
original of such note to the Agent.
(i) The Agent shall have received UCC, tax lien and judgment searches in
all locations referred to in the Borrower Security Agreements as chief executive
offices or locations of MXL's inventory.
(j) The Agent shall have received disbursement instructions specifying the
use of Loan proceeds to pay outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers due to
Fleet and Summit and agreements of Fleet in its individual capacity and as agent
for the Banks financing MXL prior to the date hereof confirming the release of
liens granted to Fleet in such capacities by the Borrowers.
(k) The Agent shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement with the
Agent under the Five Star Loan Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit
A-5 hereto.
(l) (i) The Borrowers shall have complied and shall then be in compliance
with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement;
(ii) After giving effect to the initial Loan, there shall exist no Default
or Event of Default hereunder; and
(iii) The representations and warranties contained in Article 3 hereof
shall be true and correct on the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit;
and the Agent shall have received a Compliance Certificate dated the date of
such Loan or Letter of Credit certifying, inter alia, that the conditions set
forth in this subsection 4.1(k) are satisfied on such date.
<PAGE>
(m) All legal matters incident to the initial Loans and Letters of Credit
shall be satisfactory to counsel to the Agent and counsel to each Bank.
Section 4.2 Conditions to all Loans; Letters of Credit.
(a) The obligation of each Bank to make each Loan and the obligation of
Fleet to issue any Letter of Credit shall be subject to the fulfillment (to the
satisfaction of the Banks) of the following conditions precedent:
(i) The Agent shall have received a Borrowing Notice in accordance with
Section 2.2 hereof.
(ii) The Agent shall have received (A) a certificate dated the date of
such Loan or Letter of Credit and effective as of such date, executed by the
chief financial officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers, certifying that (1)
no Default or Event of Default under this Agreement exists or would exist after
giving effect to the proposed Loan or Letter of Credit, including, without
limitation, that the covenants set forth in Section 6.9 hereof would not be
breached after giving effect to such proposed Loan or Letter of Credit, and (2)
the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 hereof, in the other
Loan Documents and in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in
connection with this Agreement are true and with the same effect as though such
representations and warranties were made on the date of such certificate (except
to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted
by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and other changes, as to all such
changes that singly or in the aggregate do not have a Materially Adverse Effect,
and except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate
expressly to an earlier date) and (B) a certificate as to the Borrowing Base in
the form required by Section 5.10 hereof, except such certificate shall be dated
the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit but may include Eligible Receivables
as of the end of the most recent month, and the matters certified therein shall
be true as of such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 4.2(a)(ii)(2), with respect to any certificate delivered pursuant to
Section 4.2(a)(ii), the references to Loan Party in the representations and
warranties contained in Article 3 hereof shall be deemed to exclude Five Star.
(iii) All legal matters incident to such Loan or Letter of Credit shall be
satisfactory to counsel for the Agent and counsel to each Bank.
(b) In the event that a certificate referred to in Section 4.2(a)(ii)(A)
shall not be received prior to making any Loan or issuing any Letter of Credit,
a Borrower's request for such Loan or Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a
representation and warranty that the matters that should have been set forth in
such certificate are true and correct on the date of such Loan or Letter of
Credit.
<PAGE>
Article 5. Delivery of Financial Reports, Documents and Other
Information.
While the Commitments are outstanding, and, in the event any Loan or
Letter of Credit remains outstanding, so long as the Borrowers are indebted to
the Banks or the Agent and until payment in full of the Notes and full and
complete performance of all of their other Obligations arising hereunder, the
Borrowers shall deliver to each Bank and the Agent:
Section 5.1 Annual Financial Statements.
(a) Annually, as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred
five (105) days after the last day of each of its fiscal years, a consolidated
and consolidating balance sheet of (i) all the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,
and (ii) the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at such last day of the
fiscal year, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income
and retained earnings and statements of cash flow of such parties, for such
fiscal year, each prepared in accordance with GAAP, in reasonable detail, and,
as to the consolidated statements, certified without qualification by KPMG Peat
Marwick or another firm of independent certified public accountants satisfactory
to the Agent and the Majority Banks, or certified, as to the consolidating
statements, by the chief financial officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers,
as fairly presenting the financial position and the results of operations of (A)
the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (B) the GPC Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries as at and for the year ending on its date and as having been
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(b) As to NPDC, ISI and Duratek, as soon as available, but in any event
within one hundred five (105) days after the last day of each of its fiscal
years, true and correct copies of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal
year as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(c) As soon as practicable, but in any event not later than thirty (30)
days after the end of each fiscal year of NPDC and GPC, the annual business plan
of NPDC and of the GPC Borrowers and forecasts and projections prepared by the
management of the Borrowers, in each case in form and detail reasonably
satisfactory to the Majority Banks, of consolidated and consolidating balance
sheets and related statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity and
cash flow on an annual basis for each of the following two fiscal years.
<PAGE>
Section 5.2 Quarterly and Monthly Financial Statements.
(a) As soon as available, but in any event within fifty (50) days after
the end of each Borrower's first three fiscal quarterly periods in each fiscal
year, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of (i) all the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries and (ii) the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of
the last day of such quarter, and the related consolidated and consolidating
statements of income and retained earnings and statements of cash flow of such
parties, for such quarter, and on a comparative basis with figures for the
corresponding period of the immediately preceding fiscal year, as well as a
backlog report for each of the GPC Borrowers' business segments, all in
reasonable detail; each such statement to be certified in a certificate of the
chief financial officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers as accurately
presenting in all material respects the financial position and the results of
operations of (A) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and (B) the GPC Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries, as at its date and for such quarter, and as having been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied (subject to year-end audit adjustments).
(b) As to NPDC, ISI and Duratek, as soon as available, but in any event
within fifty (50) days after the end of its first three fiscal quarterly periods
in each fiscal year, true and correct copies of its Quarterly Reports on Form
10-Q for each quarterly period as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
(c) As soon as it is available, but in any event not later than thirty
(30) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of GPC, a copy of the
quarterly business report for such fiscal quarter in the form as is currently
prepared by GPC or such other form as is reasonably acceptable to the Majority
Banks.
(d) Within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each of the fiscal
quarters of GPC, an accounts receivable aging report of the GPC Borrowers and
MXL, all to be certified by the chief financial officer of MXL or GPC, as
applicable.
(e) Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters
of NPDC, a schedule, certified as true and complete by the chief financial
officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers, in reasonable detail, listing all of
the Borrowers' contingent liabilities that would be required to be disclosed in
the annual audited consolidated financial statements of NPDC or GPC (including
the footnotes thereto) if such contingent liabilities existed at the end of a
fiscal year of NPDC or GPC.
Section 5.3 Compliance Information.
Promptly after a written request therefor, such other financial data or
information evidencing compliance with the requirements of this Agreement, the
Notes and the other Loan Documents, as any Bank may reasonably request from time
to time.
<PAGE>
Section 5.4 No Default Certificate.
At the same time as it delivers the financial statements required under
the provisions of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof, a certificate of the president or
chief financial officer of NPDC on behalf of the Borrowers to the effect that,
to the best of such officer's knowledge, after due inquiry, (a) the
representations and warranties contained in Article 3 hereof, in the other Loan
Documents and in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in
connection with this Agreement are true and with the same effect as though such
representations and warranties were made on the date of such certificate (except
to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted
by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and other changes, as to all such
changes that singly or in the aggregate do not have a Materially Adverse Effect,
and except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate
expressly to an earlier date) and (b) no Default or Event of Default hereunder
and no default which could have a Materially Adverse Effect under any other
agreement to which any Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, or by which,
to the best knowledge of any Borrower, any of its properties or assets, taken as
a whole, may be materially affected, and no event which, with the giving of
notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such an Event of Default
or default, exists, or, if such cannot be so certified, specifying in reasonable
detail the exceptions, if any, to such statement. Such certificate shall be
accompanied by a detailed calculation indicating compliance with the covenants
contained in Sections 6.9 and 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5, 7.8, 7.9, 7.13 and 7.14 hereof
and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in GAAP after the date of
the Latest Balance Sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 5.4, with respect to any certificate delivered pursuant to this
Section 5.4, the references to Loan Party in the representations and warranties
contained in Article 3 hereof shall be deemed to exclude Five Star.
Section 5.5 Certificate of Accountants.
At the same time as it delivers the certified financial statements
required under the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof, a certificate of the
independent certified public accountants of the Borrowers to the effect that in
making the examination necessary to said certification, they have obtained no
knowledge that the Borrowers failed to comply with the terms, covenants,
provisions or conditions of Article 6 or Article 7 hereof insofar as such
Articles relate to accounting matters or, if such accountants shall have
obtained knowledge of such failure, they shall disclose the failure in such
statement.
Section 5.6 Accountants' Reports.
Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all other reports submitted to
the Borrowers by their independent accountants in connection with any annual or
interim audit or review of the books of the Borrowers made by such accountants,
including, without limitation, the annual management letter.
<PAGE>
Section 5.7 Copies of Documents.
Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of any of the following:
(i) financial statements, projections, non-routine reports, notices (other than
routine correspondence), requests for waivers and proxy statements, in each
case, delivered by the Borrowers to any lending institution other than the Banks
with which any Borrower has a lending relationship; (ii) correspondence or
notices received by any Borrower from any federal, state or local governmental
authority that regulates the operations of any Borrower, Duratek or ISI relating
to an actual or threatened change or development that would be materially
adverse to any Borrower, Duratek or ISI, (iii) registration statements and any
amendments and supplements thereto, and any regular, periodic or special
reports, if any, filed by any Borrower, Duratek or ISI with any securities
exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental
authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the said Commission; (iv)
letters of comment or correspondence sent to any Borrower, Duratek or ISI by any
such securities exchange or such Commission in relation to any Borrower, Duratek
or ISI and its affairs; and (v) any appraisals received by any Borrower with
respect to the properties or assets of such Borrower.
Section 5.8 Notices of Defaults.
Promptly, notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, or
any event that would constitute or cause a Materially Adverse Effect.
Section 5.9 ERISA Notices.
(a) Concurrently with such filing, a copy of each Form 5500 that is filed
with respect to each Plan with the IRS; and
(b) Promptly, upon their becoming available, copies of: (i) all
correspondence with the PBGC, the Secretary of Labor or any representative of
the IRS with respect to any Plan, relating to an actual or threatened change or
development that would cause a Materially Adverse Effect; (ii) copies of all
actuarial valuations received by any Borrower with respect to any Plan; and
(iii) copies of any notices of Plan termination filed by any Plan Administrator
(as those terms are used in ERISA) with the PBGC and of any notices from the
PBGC to any Borrower with respect to the intent of the PBGC to institute
involuntary termination proceedings.
Section 5.10 Borrowing Base Certificate; Additional Information.
(a) Monthly, as soon as available, but in any event not later than
twenty-five (25) Business Days after the end of each calendar month, a
certificate as to the Borrowing Base as of the last day of such calendar month
in substantially the form of Exhibit L hereto; and
(b) Such other information regarding the business, affairs and condition
of the Borrowers, Duratek and ISI as the Agent or Majority Banks may from time
to time reasonably request.
<PAGE>
Article 6. Affirmative Covenants.
While the Commitments are outstanding, and, in the event any Loan or
Letter of Credit remains outstanding, so long as the Borrowers are indebted to
the Banks or the Agent, and until payment in full of the Notes and full and
complete performance of all of their other Obligations arising hereunder, the
Borrowers shall and shall cause each Material Subsidiary to:
Section 6.1 Books and Records.
(a) Keep true and accurate books of record and account in which full, true
and correct entries shall be made in accordance with GAAP of all dealings or
transactions in relation to its business and activities, and maintain duplicate
books and records, which may be retained in electronic form or on other data
processing media and which shall be updated not less frequently than monthly, at
an alternate off-site location (in a fire-proof facility) and (b) maintain
adequate accounts and reserves for all taxes (including income taxes),
depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and amortization of its properties,
contingencies, and other reserves.
Section 6.2 Inspections and Audits, etc.
(a) Permit the Banks to make or cause to be made (and, after the
occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the
Borrowers' expense) inspections and examinations of any books, records and
papers of the Borrowers and their Material Subsidiaries and to make extracts
therefrom and copies thereof, or to make inspections and examinations of any
properties and facilities of the Borrowers and their Material Subsidiaries on
reasonable notice, at all such reasonable times and as often as the Majority
Banks may reasonably require, in order to assure that the Borrowers are and will
be in compliance with their obligations under the Loan Documents or to evaluate
the Banks' investment in the then outstanding Notes.
(b) Permit the Banks to conduct or cause to be conducted at any time and
from time to time, upon the reasonable request of the Majority Banks, with prior
notice and during normal business hours, audits with respect to the Accounts to
verify whether or not the information set forth in the Borrowing Base
certificate referred to in Section 5.10 most recently delivered is accurate and
complete in all material respects based upon a review by such auditors of the
Accounts (including verification with respect to the amount, aging, identity and
credit of the respective Account Debtors and the billing practices of MXL and
the GPC Borrowers). All such audits shall be conducted by the Agent or its
designee and made at the expense of the Borrowers; provided, that the Borrowers
shall bear the expense (without duplication of any expense incurred pursuant to
Section 6.2(a)) of no more than one audit for the GPC Borrowers and one audit
for MXL during any twelve month period (excluding audits after the occurrence of
and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default which shall in each
case be at the expense of the Borrowers).
(c) Permit (and each Borrower hereby authorizes) the Banks to communicate
directly with such Borrower's independent certified public accountants and
authorizes such accountants to disclose to the Banks any and all financial
statements and other supporting financial documents and schedules including
copies of any management letter with respect to the business, financial
condition and other affairs of such Borrower. At the request of the Agent or the
Majority Banks, the Borrowers shall deliver a letter addressed to such
accountants instructing them to comply with the provisions of this Section
6.2(c).
<PAGE>
Section 6.3 Maintenance and Repairs.
Maintain in reasonably good repair, working order and condition, subject
to normal wear and tear, all material properties and assets from time to time
owned by it and used in or necessary for the operation of its business, and make
all reasonable repairs, replacements, additions and improvements thereto, but
only as in the judgment of the Borrowers may be necessary so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted
at all times, provided, that nothing in this Section 6.3 shall prevent any of
the Borrowers or the Material Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and
maintenance of any of its properties and disposing of same if such
discontinuance, or discontinuance and disposition, is, in the judgment of such
Borrowers or the Material Subsidiaries, desirable in the conduct of its or their
business and all such discontinuances, or discontinuances and dispositions, do
not in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect.
Section 6.4 Continuance of Business.
Do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary to preserve and
keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and all permits, rights
(including, without limitation, rights in respect of patents and trademarks) and
privileges necessary for the proper conduct of its business, except if no
Materially Adverse Effect results from such loss, and continue to engage in the
same or related lines of business.
Section 6.5 Copies of Corporate Documents.
In the case of the Borrowers, subject to the prohibitions set forth in
Section 7.12 hereof, promptly deliver to the Agent copies of any amendments or
modifications to its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, certified with
respect to the certificate of incorporation by the Secretary of State of its
state of incorporation and, with respect to the by-laws, by the secretary or
assistant secretary of such corporation.
Section 6.6 Perform Obligations.
(a) Pay and discharge all of its obligations and liabilities for all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon its income and properties when
due and all claims for labor, materials or supplies that if unpaid might become
a Lien or charge upon any of its income or properties when due, unless and to
the extent only that such obligations, liabilities, taxes, assessments and
governmental charges and claims shall be contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and that, to the extent required by GAAP, proper and
adequate book reserves relating thereto are established by the Borrowers or the
Material Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and then only to the extent that a
bond is filed in cases where the filing of a bond is necessary to avoid the
creation of a Lien against any of its properties.
(b) Comply in all material respects with all agreements and instruments by
which it or any of its properties may be bound except for such noncompliance
that would not singly or in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
Section 6.7 Notice of Litigation, etc.
(a) Promptly notify the Banks in writing of any litigation, legal
proceeding or dispute, other than disputes in the ordinary course of business
or, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, involving amounts in
excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) individually or Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate affecting any Borrower or Material
Subsidiary whether or not fully covered by insurance, and regardless of the
subject matter thereof (excluding, however, any actions relating to workers'
compensation claims or negligence claims relating to use of motor vehicles, if
fully covered by insurance, subject to deductibles).
(b) Promptly upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Banks in writing of
any setoff, claims, withholdings or other defenses to which any of the
Collateral, or the Agent's rights with respect to the Collateral, are subject;
provided, that such notice shall only be required if the aggregate amount of
such setoffs, claims, withholdings or other defenses (i) equals or exceeds
$250,000, or (ii) results in a requirement of a prepayment under Section 2.5(b)
hereof.
(c) Immediately upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Banks of any
material change in the operations of such Borrower or Material Subsidiary which
could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, including,
without limitation, (i) the cessation of operations at any facility of any of
the foregoing that shall continue for a period of five (5) days or more which
could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, (ii) the
consolidation of any of such facilities which could reasonably be expected to
have a Materially Adverse Effect, (iii) any strike, work stoppage or other labor
relations problem involving any of the foregoing which could reasonably be
expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect and (iv) the start-up of any new
operations of any of the foregoing commencing after the date of this Agreement
which could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.
Section 6.8 Insurance.
(a) (i) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies
such insurance on such of its properties, in such amounts and against such risks
and with such deductibles as is customarily maintained by similar businesses
containing such terms and in such forms and for such periods as may be
reasonable and prudent and will not result in any Borrower or Material
Subsidiary being deemed a co-insurer under applicable laws, regulations and
policies, including, without limitation, the following:
(1) Full extended coverage policy of theft, fire and hazard insurance,
including, but not limited to vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements with
respect to the Collateral; and (2) Business interruption insurance; and
(3) Workers' compensation, general public liability insurance and product
liability insurance;
(ii) file with the Agent promptly upon its request a detailed list of the
insurance then in effect, stating the names of the insurance companies, the
amounts and rates of the insurance, the dates of the expiration thereof and the
properties and risks covered thereby, together with certificates of insurance
and copies of policies; and
<PAGE>
(b) Carry all insurance required by the PBGC in connection with its Plans.
Section 6.9 Financial Covenants.
(a) With respect to NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and
with respect to the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, have or maintain:
(i) in the case of NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the
ratio (the "Interest Coverage Ratio") of:
(A) net income, plus (to the extent deducted in determining such net
income) (x) Interest Expense (as defined below), (y) federal, state and local
income taxes and (z) extraordinary losses, minus (to the extent added in
determining such net income) (x) all interest and investment income (other than
gains or losses on sales of capital stock) and (y) extraordinary gains or income
(other than gains or losses on sales of capital stock ) (the foregoing amount,
"EBIT");
to
(B) Interest Expense,
for each fiscal quarter in the fiscal years set forth below at equal or
greater than the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal year below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.20 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.25 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As used herein, "Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, the
aggregate interest expense of a Person for such period, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges and commitment fees accrued with respect to the Loans and the Letters of
Credit, and net costs under Interest Rate Contracts properly included in
interest expense and the portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations allocable
to interest expense, provided, however, that such amount shall be reduced, to
the extent not included in the calculation thereof, by gains under Interest Rate
Contracts.
(ii) in the case of the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio for each fiscal quarter in the
fiscal years set forth below at equal or greater than the ratio set forth
opposite such fiscal year below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.00 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.50 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.00 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
(iii) in the case of the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, the ratio of:
(A) all Indebtedness under this Agreement and all other Indebtedness for
borrowed money and Capitalized Lease Obligations and other Indebtedness of the
type referred to in Section 7.1(j) ("Funded Debt");
to
(B) the product of (x) 4 times (y) EBIT, plus (to the extent deducted in
determining EBIT) depreciation and amortization of assets ("EBITDA") with Funded
Debt and EBITDA to be determined for and as at the end of each fiscal quarter in
the fiscal years set forth below at equal or less than the ratio set forth
opposite such fiscal year below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.00 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.50 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.25 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) in the case of NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the
ratio of Funded Debt to Tangible Net Worth at all times during each fiscal
quarter in the fiscal years set forth below at equal or less than the ratio set
forth opposite such fiscal year below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.75 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.70 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.65 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(v)in the case of NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the
ratio (the "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio") of:
(A) EBITDA
to
(B) Interest Expense, plus Capital Expenditures, plus federal, state and
local income taxes, plus the aggregate amount of all payments of principal
payable within one year following the date as of which such amount is being
determined on all Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness under
this Agreement) and Capitalized Lease Obligations, for and as at the end of each
fiscal quarter in the fiscal years set forth below at equal or greater than the
ratio set forth opposite such fiscal year below:
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.25 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) In the case of the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for and as at the end of
each fiscal quarter in the fiscal years set forth below at equal or greater than
the ratio set forth opposite such fiscal year below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.30 to 1 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) In the case of NPDC and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
Tangible Net Worth at all times during each fiscal quarter in the fiscal years
set forth below equal or greater than the minimum Tangible Net Worth set forth
opposite such fiscal year below plus 80% of Net Equity Proceeds (as defined
below) received by NPDC:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Tangible Net Worth Fiscal Year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$60,000,000 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$68,000,000 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$75,000,000 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As used herein, the term "Net Equity Proceeds" shall mean the gross cash
proceeds received by NPDC in consideration of the issuance of any shares of
capital stock of NPDC, or any rights, options or warrants with respect thereto,
after the date hereof minus all fees and expenses with respect to underwriting
commissions, legal, investment banking and accounting fees and disbursements,
printing expense and any governmental fees incurred (or reasonably expected to
be incurred) in connection with the issuance of such shares of capital stock.
Section 6.10 Notice of Certain Events.
(a) Promptly notify the Banks in writing of the occurrence of any
Reportable Event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, if a notice of such
Reportable Event is required under ERISA to be delivered to the PBGC within 30
days after the occurrence thereof, together with a description of such
Reportable Event and a statement of the action the Borrowers intend to take with
respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice thereof given to the PBGC.
<PAGE>
(b) Promptly notify the Banks in writing if any Borrower or any other Loan
Party receives: (i) any notice of any violation or administrative or judicial
complaint or order having been filed or about to be filed against such Borrower
or such other Loan Party alleging violations of any Environmental Law and
Regulation, or (ii) any notice from any governmental body or any other Person
alleging that such Borrower or such other Loan Party is or may be subject to any
Environmental Liability, in each case that has the potential to have a
Materially Adverse Effect or to materially adversely affect the Agent's security
interests pursuant to the Security Documents; and promptly upon receipt thereof,
provide the Banks with a copy of such notice together with a statement of the
action such Borrower or such other Loan Party intends to take with respect
thereto.
Section 6.11 Comply with Laws.
Comply with all applicable provisions of all laws, rules and regulations,
including, without limitation, ERISA, now or hereafter in effect, except for
non-compliance that would not singly or in the aggregate have a Materially
Adverse Effect.
Section 6.12 Environmental Compliance.
Operate all property owned or leased by it such that no obligation,
including a clean-up obligation, shall arise under any Environmental Law and
Regulation, which obligation would constitute a Lien on any property of any
Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided, however, that in the event that any
such obligation arises, such Borrower or such other Loan Party shall, at its own
cost and expense, immediately satisfy such obligation, or cause such obligation
to be immediately satisfied.
Section 6.13 Five Star and SGLG Corporate Documents.
Not later than thirty days after the date of this Agreement, deliver and
cause to be delivered corporate documents of Five Star and SGLG, Inc. of the
type described in Section 4.1(f)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) as may be
requested by the Agent or the Majority Banks to evidence the due authorization,
execution and delivery of, and enforceability of, the Subordination Agreements
executed by Five Star and SGLG, Inc.
Article 7. Negative Covenants.
While the Commitments are outstanding, and, in the event any Loan or
Letter of Credit remains outstanding, so long as the Borrowers are indebted to
the Banks or the Agent and until payment in full of the Notes and full and
complete performance of all of its other Obligations arising hereunder, the
Borrowers shall not, and not permit any Material Subsidiary to, do, agree to do,
or permit to be done, any of the following:
Section 7.1 Indebtedness.
Create, incur, permit to exist or have outstanding any Indebtedness,
except:
(a) Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Banks and the Agent under this
Agreement and the Loan Documents;
(b) Current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business not
incurred through (i) the borrowing of money, or (ii) the obtaining of credit
except for credit on an open account basis customarily extended and in fact
extended in connection with purchases of goods and services;
<PAGE>
(c) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments, governmental charges or
levies and claims for labor, materials and supplies to the extent that payment
therefor shall not at the time be required to be made in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.6(a);
(d) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that do not constitute
an Event of Default under Section8.7;
(e) Performance or other guaranties given by any Borrower in respect of
Indebtedness of the other Borrowers that is otherwise permitted pursuant to this
Section 7.1 and in respect of other obligations of the other Borrowers permitted
under this Agreement;
(f) Indebtedness of any of the Borrowers to any other Borrower;
(g) Indebtedness not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.1 (other
than to the Foreign Subsidiaries or to the joint ventures referred to in Exhibit
M) in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000 at any one time
outstanding;
(h) Indebtedness in respect of deferred liabilities other than for
deferred taxes and other than for borrowed money, including without limitation,
deferred compensation, provided that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness
of the Borrowers and Material Subsidiaries incurred on or after the date hereof
shall not exceed at any one time outstanding (i) $2,000,000 in the aggregate in
the case of the GPC Borrowers, (ii) $500,000 in the case of NPDC, (iii) $500,000
in the case of MXL and (iv) $500,000 in the aggregate for all Material
Subsidiaries (other than those covered in clauses (i) and (iii));
(i) Indebtedness in respect of deferred taxes;
(j) Indebtedness secured by the security interests referred to in
subsection 7.2(c) hereof and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case
incurred only if, after giving effect thereto, the limit on Capital Expenditures
set forth in Section 7.13 hereof would not be breached;
(k) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under Leases (other than
Capitalized Leases) in each case incurred only if, after giving effect thereto,
the limit set forth in Section 7.14 hereof would not be breached;
(l) Subordinated Debt;
(m) Guaranties permitted under Section 7.3 hereof; and
(n) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof as set forth on Exhibit M
hereto and other Indebtedness described in Exhibit M hereto.
Section 7.2 Liens.
Create, or assume or permit to exist, any Lien on any of the properties or
assets of the Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or enter into any agreement with any other Person wherein
any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary covenants not to create, assume or
permit to exist any Lien on any of its present or future properties or assets,
except:
(a) Those created and granted by the Security Documents;
<PAGE>
(b) Permitted Liens;
(c) Purchase money mortgages or security interests, conditional sale
arrangements and other similar security interests, on real or personal property
acquired by any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (hereinafter referred to
individually as a "Purchase Money Security Interest") with the proceeds of the
Indebtedness referred to in subsection 7.1(j) hereof; provided, however, that:
(i) The transaction in which any Purchase Money Security Interest is
proposed to be created is not then prohibited by this Agreement;
(ii) Any Purchase Money Security Interest shall attach only to the
property or asset acquired in such transaction and shall not extend to or cover
any other assets or properties of a Borrower or a Material Subsidiary;
(iii) The Indebtedness secured or covered by any Purchase Money Security
Interest shall not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the
property or asset acquired and shall not be renewed or extended or prepaid from
the proceeds of any borrowing by a Borrower or a Material Subsidiary; and
(iv) The aggregate amount of all Indebtedness secured by Purchase Money
Security Interests on a consolidated basis shall not at any time exceed, (A) in
the case of MXL and its Subsidiaries, $500,000 at any one time outstanding,(B)
in the case of the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, $300,000 incurred in
any fiscal year or $900,000 at any one time outstanding, or (C) in the case of
NPDC and its Subsidiaries (other than those referred to in the preceding clauses
(A) and (B)), $500,000 at any one time outstanding;
(d) The interests of the lessor under any Capitalized Lease permitted
hereunder;
(e) Any interest or title of a lessor in assets being leased by any of the
Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary under an operating lease; and
(f) Liens existing on the date hereof as set forth on Exhibit D hereto.
<PAGE>
Section 7.3 Guaranties.
(a) Except (i) guaranties set forth on Exhibit M hereto and renewals,
extensions or replacements of guaranties set forth on Exhibit M hereto in
respect of obligations in amounts not exceeding the amount guaranteed under the
guaranties set forth in Exhibit M, (ii) as permitted by Section 7.1 and (iii) as
provided below in this Section 7.3, assume, endorse, be or become liable for, or
guarantee, the obligations of any Person, except by the endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
business. For the purposes hereof, the term "guarantee" shall include any
agreement, whether such agreement is on a contingency or otherwise, to purchase,
repurchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness of any other Person, or to
purchase, sell or lease, as lessee or lessor, property or services, in any such
case primarily for the purpose of enabling another person to make payment of
Indebtedness, or to make any payment (whether as an advance, capital
contribution, purchase of an equity interest or otherwise) to assure a minimum
equity, asset base, working capital or other balance sheet or financial
condition, in connection with the Indebtedness of another Person, or to supply
funds to or in any manner invest in another Person in connection with such
Person's Indebtedness.
(b) In addition to the foregoing, any Borrower or Material Subsidiary
shall be permitted to guarantee the obligations of other Persons on the
following terms and conditions:
(i) at the time of entering into any such guarantee the Borrowers shall
be in compliance with Section 6.9 and Article 7 hereof; and
(ii) the aggregate amount outstanding of all guarantees entered into
pursuant to this subsection 7.3(b) (whether guarantees of payment or
performance) shall at no time exceed $5,000,000.
For the purposes hereof, the "amount" of a guarantee shall mean, as to
guarantees of payment, the aggregate maximum amount as to which a Borrower or
Material Subsidiary may be liable at any time in respect of such guarantee, and
as to guarantees of performance, the aggregate maximum amount of the
consideration payable at any time for such performance to the Person whose
performance is being guaranteed. If more than one Borrower and/or Material
Subsidiary shall execute a guarantee of the same obligations of another Person,
the amount of only one of such guarantees shall be counted for purposes of this
Section 7.3(b).
Section 7.4 Mergers, Acquisitions.
Merge or consolidate with any Person (whether or not a Borrower is the
surviving entity), or acquire all or substantially all of the assets or any of
the capital stock of any Person or acquire any equity interest in any other
Person, except:
(a) a merger or consolidation among any of the GPC Borrowers, provided
that if GPC is a party thereto, GPC is the surviving entity; and
(b) any Borrower or Material Subsidiary may merge with another Person or
acquire all or substantially all of the assets or any capital stock of another
Person in the same or a related line of business as a Borrower if, and only if,
all of the following conditions are satisfied:
<PAGE>
(i) NPDC shall have given the Banks not less than thirty days' prior
written notice of the proposed transaction together with a reasonably detailed
description of the terms thereof, including pro forma consolidated balance
sheets, income statements and statements of cash flow of NPDC and its
Subsidiaries after giving effect to the proposed acquisition;
(ii) if such proposed transaction is a merger to which a Borrower is a
party, a Borrower shall be the surviving entity; if NPDC is a party to such
merger, it shall be the surviving entity; if GPC is a party to such merger, it
shall be the surviving entity; if MXL is a party to such merger, it shall be the
surviving entity; and if any Material Subsidiary is a party to such merger, it
shall be the surviving entity;
(iii) no Default or Event of Default hereunder shall exist immediately
prior to or after giving effect to the consummation of the proposed transaction
and NPDC shall have delivered a Compliance Certificate to the Agent and the
Banks describing the proposed transaction and containing a detailed calculation
indicating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.9 and Article 7
hereof;
(iv) NPDC shall, upon request of the Agent or the Majority Banks, deliver
to the Agent copies of the purchase or merger agreement and any other material
documents executed in connection with the transaction;
(v) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration (defined below) for all
transactions permitted by this clause (b) of Section 7.4 from and after the date
of this Agreement shall not exceed $15,000,000; and
(vi) the Acquisition Consideration for any single transaction or series
of related transactions permitted by this clause (b) of Section 7.4 shall not
exceed $5,000,000, without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.
As used herein, the term "Acquisition Consideration" shall mean the amount
of all cash consideration, the face amount of any note or other obligations
issued by any Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any such transaction
permitted under clause (b) of Section 7.4, and the fair market value of all
other consideration paid or delivered by any Borrower or any Subsidiary in
connection with any such transaction, together with the amount of any
liabilities or obligations assumed by any Borrower or any Subsidiary and
expenses incurred by them in connection with any such transaction.
Section 7.5 Redemptions; Distributions.
(a) Purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly,
or make any sinking fund payments with respect to, any shares of any class of
stock of any Borrower now or hereafter outstanding or set apart any sum for any
such purpose, except that NPDC may pay up to an aggregate of $5,000,000 after
the date of this Agreement to purchase, redeem, retire or acquire shares of its
common stock, provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist before or
after giving effect to any such transaction; or
(b) Declare or pay any dividends or make any distribution of any kind on
any Borrower's outstanding stock, or set aside any sum for any such purpose,
except:
<PAGE>
(i) NPDC may declare and pay any dividend payable solely in shares of
its common stock;
(ii) each GPC Borrower (other than GPC) may declare and pay dividends to
GPC; and
(iii) GPC and MXL may declare and pay dividends from time to time to
NPDC provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist before or after
giving effect to the payment of such dividend.
Section 7.6 Stock Issuance.
Issue any additional shares or any right or option to acquire any shares,
or any security convertible into any shares, of the capital stock of any
Borrower, except (a) in connection with stock dividends by NPDC as permitted
under subsection 7.5(b) hereof, (b) NPDC may issue shares of its common stock,
warrants or options exercisable for shares of its common stock and other
securities, to the extent not prohibited under other provisions of this
Agreement, convertible into shares of its common stock and (c) NPDC may issue
shares of preferred stock with no mandatory redemption or other provisions that
would permit the redemption of such preferred stock prior to six months after
the Commitment Termination Date and with no dividends payable prior to six
months after the Commitment Termination Date except in securities of NPDC
permitted to be issued under this Section 7.6.
Section 7.7 Changes in Business; Dispositions.
(a) Engage primarily (directly or indirectly) in any business except the
business conducted by it on the date hereof and any business related thereto, or
make any material change in its business, or in the nature of its operation, or
liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or
convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
property, assets, shares of stock or Indebtedness, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice and for a fair consideration, and, with respect to shares of stock
of ISI, Duratek or GSE Systems, Inc., except for sales of such stock for fair
consideration, whether or not in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice, or forgive any Indebtedness, or discount, sell, pledge,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of Accounts, except the transfer of assets in a
merger or consolidation permitted hereunder and dispositions of assets and other
transactions permitted by the proviso in Section 6.3; or
(b) Sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of more than 600,000 shares of
Duratek common stock in any fiscal year.
<PAGE>
Section 7.8 Prepayments.
Make any voluntary or optional prepayment of any Indebtedness for borrowed
money incurred or permitted to exist under the terms of this Agreement, other
than Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, provided that if no Default or Event
of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to any such payment, (a)
any of the Borrowers may prepay Indebtedness to another Borrower, (b) NPDC may
pay up to $500,000 in the aggregate to purchase, redeem or prepay its
outstanding Swiss Franc denominated bonds referred to in Exhibit M, (c) NPDC may
prepay any or all of the 12% subordinated debentures referred to in Exhibit M,
and (d) NPDC may purchase, redeem or prepay its outstanding Swiss Franc
denominated bonds referred to in Exhibit M by issuing shares of common stock or
other securities permitted to be issued pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof as
payment therefor.
Section 7.9 Investments.
Make, or suffer to exist, any Investment in any Person, including, without
limitation, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of any Borrower or
any of the Subsidiaries, except:
(a) Investments in:
(i) marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of
America;
(ii)demand deposits, time deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers
acceptances and other "money market instruments" issued by any bank or trust
company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State
thereof and having total assets of not less than $1,000,000,000;
(iii) open market commercial paper bearing the highest credit rating
issued by Standard & Poor's Corporation or by another nationally recognized
credit rating agency;
(iv) repurchase agreements entered into with any bank or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof
and having capital and surplus in an aggregate amount of not less than
$500,000,000 relating to United States of America government obligations; and
(v)shares of "money market funds" which do not invest in equity
securities, each having net assets of not less than $100,000,000; in each case
(except paragraph (v)) maturing or being due or payable in full not more than
365 days after a Borrower's acquisition thereof;
(b) Investments in the form of loans to employees of a Borrower or any
Loan Party, provided that the outstanding principal amount of all such loans to
any one employee shall at no time exceed $300,000 and that the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all such loans shall at no time exceed $300,000;
(c) Investment by any Borrower in any other Borrower, provided that no
Default or Event of Default shall exist before or after giving effect to the
making of any such Investment;
<PAGE>
(d) Investments in the form of inter-company loans or advances by NPDC to
Five Star in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one
time outstanding, provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist
before or after giving effect to the making of any such Investment;
(e) Shares of stock of ISI and Duratek owned by the Borrowers on the date
hereof as set forth on Exhibit N;
(f) Investments with respect to Indebtedness permitted by Sections 7.1(e),
(f) or (m);
(g) Investments in the form of loans and intercompany advances by GPC to
the Foreign Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in the amount of $682,535
and additional loans and advances by GPC to the Foreign Subsidiaries, provided
that the aggregate principal amount of all such loans and advances outstanding
at any time (i) during the twelve-month period after the date of this Agreement
shall not exceed by more than $360,000 the amount outstanding on the date
hereof, and (ii) during each subsequent twelve-month period shall not exceed by
more than $360,000 the amount outstanding on the first day of each such
twelve-month period;
(h) Investments by NPDC in connection with the prepayments and other
transactions permitted by Section 7.8;
(i) other Investments (other than in Five Star, the Foreign Subsidiaries
or the joint ventures referred to in Exhibit N) in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $1,500,000 at any time outstanding; and
(j) Investments described on Exhibit N of the Borrowers set forth therein.
Section 7.10 Fiscal Year.
Change its fiscal year unless it gives not less than thirty (30) days'
prior written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrowers agree to changes in
this Agreement that the Majority Banks deem to be necessary or appropriate in
connection with such change, or, except as required by GAAP, change its
accounting treatment or reporting practices from those in effect on the date of
the Latest Balance Sheet.
Section 7.11 ERISA Obligations.
(a) Except as set forth on Exhibit O annexed hereto, be or become
obligated to the PBGC in excess of $50,000 other than in respect of annual
premium payments.
(b) Be or become obligated to the IRS in excess of $50,000 with respect to
excise or other penalty taxes provided for in Section 4975 of the Code.
<PAGE>
Section 7.12 Amendments of Documents.
In the case of the Borrowers, modify, amend, supplement or terminate, or
agree to modify, amend, supplement or terminate, its certificate of
incorporation or by-laws, except for amendments (of which prior written notice
has been given to the Banks) that would not adversely affect any Obligations,
any Collateral, any rights of the Agent or the Banks under the Loan Documents or
the ability of such Borrower to perform its Obligations, or conduct its business
as previously conducted.
Section 7.13 Capital Expenditures.
Make or be or become obligated to make Capital Expenditures in the
aggregate for the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries in any fiscal year in
excess of $2,500,000.
Section 7.14 Rental Obligations.
Enter into, or permit to remain in effect, any Lease (other than
Capitalized Leases that are governed by Section 7.13 hereof), if, after giving
effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all rentals and other obligations,
including, without limitation, all percentage rents and additional rent, due
from all the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries thereunder would exceed
$5,500,000 during any fiscal year.
Section 7.15 Transactions with Affiliates.
Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, directly or indirectly:
(a) make any Investment in an Affiliate; (b) transfer, sell, lease, assign or
otherwise dispose of any assets to an Affiliate; (c) merge into or consolidate
with or purchase or acquire assets from an Affiliate; or (d) enter into any
other transaction directly or indirectly with or for the benefit of any
Affiliate (including, without limitation, guarantees and assumptions of
obligations of an Affiliate and management and consulting agreements); provided,
however, that: (i) payments on Investments expressly permitted by Section 7.9
hereof may be made, (ii) any Affiliate who is a natural person may serve as an
employee or director of any Borrower or Material Subsidiary and receive
reasonable compensation (including, without limitation, stock options) for his
services in such capacity, (iii) any Borrower or Material Subsidiary may enter
into any transaction with an Affiliate providing for the leasing of property or
the purchase or sale of services, product, inventory and other assets in the
ordinary course of business if the monetary or business consideration arising
therefrom would be substantially as advantageous to such Borrower or Material
Subsidiary as the monetary or business consideration that would obtain in a
comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; (iv) no
transaction between Borrowers shall be prohibited by this Section 7.15; (v)
license and royalty agreements, equipment leases and guaranties listed on
Exhibit P hereto shall not be prohibited by this Section 7.15.
For purposes of this Section 7.15, "Affiliate" shall include, without
limitation, any Person in which, to the knowledge of any Borrower, any NPDC
non-public stockholder, officer, director or employee has a substantial interest
or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.
<PAGE>
Section 7.16 Take or Pay Contracts.
Enter into or be a party to any contract or arrangement for the purchase
of materials, supplies, other properties or services if such contract or
arrangement requires that payment be made by a Borrower or a Material Subsidiary
regardless of whether or not such materials, supplies, other properties or
services are delivered or forwarded to it.
Section 7.17 Sale and Leaseback.
Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby such Borrower
or a Material Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in
order then or thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that
such Borrower or Material Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same
purpose as the property being sold or transferred.
Section 7.18 IMC.
Enter into any transaction or arrangement of any nature with Inventory
Management Corporation, except as may be necessary to permit the liquidation and
dissolution of such corporation without incurring any liability of the
Borrowers.
Section 7.19 SGLG, Inc.
Not permit SGLG, Inc. to have or own Accounts (excluding the Indebtedness
referred to in Exhibit M, paragraph 1) in an aggregate amount outstanding in
excess of $3,000,000 at any time.
Article 8. Events Of Default.
If any one or more of the following events ("Events of Default") shall
occur and be continuing, then, upon written notice given to NPDC on behalf of
the Borrowers by the Agent or the Majority Banks (except that in the case of the
occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.6 no such notice shall
be required), the Commitments shall terminate and the entire unpaid balance of
the principal of and interest on the Notes outstanding and all other Obligations
and Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Banks and the Agent arising hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the
obligation to deposit cash collateral under Section 2.8(f) hereof) shall
immediately become due and payable without presentment or demand for payment,
notice of non-payment, notice of intent to accelerate, protest or further notice
or demand of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrowers:
Section 8.1 Payments.
Failure to make any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal or
interest upon any Note or to make any payment of any Fee when due; or
Section 8.2 Certain Covenants.
Failure to perform or observe any of the agreements of any Borrower
contained in subsection 5.10(a), Section 6.9 or Article 7 hereof; or
<PAGE>
Section 8.3 Other Covenants.
(a) Failure by any Borrower to perform or observe any other term,
condition or covenant of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents to
which it is a party, which shall remain unremedied for a period of 30 days after
notice thereof shall have been given to NPDC by the Agent; or
(b) Failure by any Loan Party other than the Borrowers to perform or
observe any term, condition or covenant of any of the Loan Documents to which it
or he is a party, which shall remain unremedied for a period of 30 days after
notice thereof shall have been given to NPDC by the Agent; or
Section 8.4 Other Defaults.
(a) Failure by any Borrower, Five Star or any Material Subsidiary, after
required notice (if any), to perform or observe any term, condition or covenant
of any bond, note, debenture, loan agreement, indenture, guaranty, trust
agreement, mortgage or similar instrument to which any Borrower, Five Star or
any Material Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them is bound, or by which
any of their respective properties or assets may be affected, including, without
limitation, the Five Star Loan Agreement (a "Debt Instrument"), for such period
of time that, as a result of any such failure to perform for such period of
time, the Indebtedness included therein or secured or covered thereby may be
declared due and payable prior to the date on which such Indebtedness would
otherwise become due and payable; or
(b) Any event or condition referred to in any Debt Instrument shall occur
or fail to occur, so that, as a result thereof, the Indebtedness included
therein or secured or covered thereby may be declared due and payable prior to
the date on which such Indebtedness would otherwise become due and payable; or
(c) Failure to pay any Indebtedness for borrowed money due at final
maturity or pursuant to demand under any Debt Instrument; provided, however,
that the provisions of this Section 8.4 shall not be applicable to any Debt
Instrument that on the date this Section 8.4 would otherwise be applicable
thereto, relates to or evidences Indebtedness in an outstanding principal amount
of less than $500,000; or
Section 8.5 Representations and Warranties.
Any representation or warranty made in writing to the Banks or the Agent
in any of the Loan Documents or in connection with the making of the Loans or
issuance of Letters of Credit, or any certificate, statement or report made or
delivered in connection with or in compliance with this Agreement, shall have
been false or misleading in any material respect when made or delivered; or
<PAGE>
Section 8.6 Bankruptcy.
(a) Any Borrower, Five Star or any Material Subsidiary shall make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy, be
adjudicated insolvent, petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of
a receiver, custodian, or any trustee for it or a substantial part of its
assets, or shall commence any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of
any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, or any Borrower, Five Star
or any Material Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize any of
the foregoing actions; or there shall have been filed any such petition or
application, or any such proceeding shall have been commenced against it, that
remains undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or any order for
relief shall be entered in any such proceeding; or any Borrower, Five Star or
any Material Subsidiary by any act or omission shall indicate its consent to,
approval of or acquiescence in any such petition, application or proceeding or
the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for it or any
substantial part of any of its properties, or shall suffer any custodianship,
receivership or trusteeship to continue undischarged for a period of sixty (60)
days or more; or
(b) Any Borrower, Five Star or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not
pay its debts as such debts become due; or
(c) Any Borrower, Five Star or any Material Subsidiary shall have
concealed, removed, or permitted to be concealed or removed, any part of its
property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors or any of them
or made or suffered a transfer of any of its property that may be fraudulent
under any bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or similar law; or shall have made
any transfer of its property to or for the benefit of a creditor at a time when
other creditors similarly situated have not been paid; or shall have suffered or
permitted, while insolvent, any creditor to obtain a Lien upon any of its
property through legal proceedings or distraint that is not vacated within sixty
(60) days from the date thereof; or
Section 8.7 Judgments.
Any final judgment or judgments against any Borrower, Borrowers, Five Star
or Material Subsidiaries or any attachment, levy or execution against any of its
properties for any amount which singly or in the aggregate shall be outstanding
and in amounts not covered by insurance in excess of (a) in the case of NPDC,
the GPC Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries which are Material Subsidiaries
(other than MXL and its Subsidiaries), $300,000, (b) in the case of MXL and its
Subsidiaries which are Material Subsidiaries, $100,000, and (c) in the case of
Five Star, $500,000, and shall remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged,
unbonded or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or more; or
Section 8.8 ERISA.
(a) The termination of any Plan or the institution by the PBGC of
proceedings for the involuntary termination of any Plan, in either case, by
reason of, or that results or could result in, a "material accumulated funding
deficiency" under Section 412 of the Code; or
(b) Failure by any Borrower to make required contributions, in accordance
with the applicable provisions of ERISA, to each of the Plans hereafter
established or assumed by it; or
<PAGE>
Section 8.9 Liens.
Any of the Liens created and granted to the Agent for the ratable benefit
of the Banks under the Security Documents shall fail to be valid, first,
perfected Liens, subject to no prior or equal Lien, except as permitted by
Section 7.2 hereof; or
Section 8.10 Ownership of Stock.
NPDC shall at any time own, beneficially and of record, less than 100% in
the aggregate of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
GPC or MXL having ordinary voting rights for the election of directors; or
Section 8.11 Loan Documents.
Any material provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any
reason cease to be valid and binding and in full force and effect; or the
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall be contested by any Loan
Party; or any authorization, consent, license or approval of any federal, state,
local or foreign governmental authority, department, board, bureau, agency,
regulatory authority or judicial or administrative body necessary for the
performance by any Loan Party of its Obligations under any Loan Document for
payment of money or any other material Obligations thereunder shall at any time
for any reason cease to be valid and binding and in full force and effect; or
the performance by any Loan Party of its Obligations under any Loan Document
would violate any provision of law or regulation; or
Section 8.12 Borrower Enjoined.
Any of the Borrowers shall be enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented
by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency from
conducting any material part of its business and such order shall continue in
effect for more than thirty (30) days; or
Section 8.13 Material Adverse Change.
Any material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or
otherwise), operations or properties of NPDC and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or the GPC Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall
occur after September 30, 1996 and be continuing.
<PAGE>
Article 9. The Agent.
Section 9.1 Appointment, Powers and Immunities.
Each Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as
its administrative and collateral agent hereunder, under the Security Documents
and the other Loan Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to
the Agent by the terms of this Agreement, the Security Documents and the other
Loan Documents together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. The Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those
expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Security Documents and the other Loan
Documents and shall not be a trustee or fiduciary for any Bank. The Agent shall
not be responsible to the Banks for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties or conditions precedent contained in this Agreement, the Security
Documents, or the other Loan Documents, or in any certificate or other document
referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent or any Bank under, this
Agreement, the Security Documents or the other Loan Documents, or for the value,
validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this
Agreement, the Security Documents or the other Loan Documents or any other
document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for the collectibility
of the Loans or other Obligations or for the validity, effectiveness or value of
any interest or security covered by the Security Documents or for the value of
any Collateral or for the validity or effectiveness of any assignment, mortgage,
pledge, security agreement, financing statement, document or instrument, or for
the filing, recording, re-filing, continuing or re-recording of any thereof or
for any failure by any Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties to perform any
of its obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The Agent may
employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable, except as to
money or securities received by it or its authorized agents, for the negligence
or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees
or agents shall be liable or responsible for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them hereunder, under the Security Documents or the other Loan
Documents or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its or their own
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Section 9.2 Reliance by Agent.
The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or
other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex, telecopy,
telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts
selected by the Agent. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this
Agreement, the Security Documents or the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall
in all cases be fully protected and shall have no liability to any Bank in
acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder, under the Security Documents or
the other Loan Documents in accordance with instructions from the Majority
Banks, and such instructions of the Majority Banks and any action taken or
failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Banks.
<PAGE>
Section 9.3 Events of Default.
The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the
occurrence of a Default or Event of Default unless the Agent has received notice
from a Bank or a Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default". In the event that the Agent
receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the
Agent shall give notice thereof to the Banks. The Agent shall (subject to
Section 9.7 hereof) take such action with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as shall be directed by the Majority Banks.
Section 9.4 Rights as a Bank.
With respect to its Commitment and the Loans made and Letters of Credit
issued by it, the Agent in its capacity as a Bank hereunder shall have the same
rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise the same as
though it were not acting as the Agent, and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall,
unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual
capacity. The Agent and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor
to any Bank) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any
kind of banking, trust or other business with any Borrower or its Affiliates, as
if it were not acting as the Agent, and the Agent may accept fees and other
consideration from any Borrower or its Affiliates, for services in connection
with this Agreement, the Security Documents or any of the other Loan Documents
or otherwise without having to disclose or account for the same to the Banks.
Section 9.5 Indemnification.
The Banks shall indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrowers under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof), ratably in accordance with the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans made by the Banks (or, if no Loans are
at the time outstanding, ratably in accordance with their respective Commitment
Percentages), for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind and nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the
Security Documents or any of the other Loan Documents, Letters of Credit or any
other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the
transactions contemplated by or referred to herein or therein (including,
without limitation, the costs and expenses that the Borrowers are obligated to
pay under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof, but excluding, unless a Default has
occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to
the performance of its agency duties hereunder or under the Security Documents)
or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of the Security Documents, or
of any such other documents (all of the foregoing, "Indemnified Costs"),
provided that no Bank shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent
they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be
indemnified. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving
rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 9.5 shall apply whether any such
investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Agent, any Bank or any
other Person.
<PAGE>
Section 9.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and other Banks.
Each Bank agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the
Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrowers and the other
Loan Parties and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action
under this Agreement, the Security Documents or the other Loan Documents. The
Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or
observance by the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties of this Agreement, the
Security Documents or the other Loan Documents or any other document referred to
or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of the
Borrowers or other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents
and information expressly required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent
hereunder or under the Security Documents, or the other Loan Documents, the
Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any
credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or
business of the Borrowers or any Loan Party, that may come into the possession
of the Agent or any of its Affiliates.
Section 9.7 Failure to Act.
Except for action expressly required of the Agent hereunder, or under the
Security Documents, the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing
or refusing to act hereunder or thereunder unless it shall be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense that may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
<PAGE>
Section 9.8 Resignation or Removal of Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided
below, the Agent may resign at any time by giving not less than 10 days' prior
written notice thereof to the Banks and NPDC, and the Agent may be removed at
any time with or without cause by the Majority Banks. Upon any such resignation
or removal, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent, which shall be (a) a Bank or (b) another bank or financial institution
acceptable to NPDC in its sole discretion, in each case organized under the laws
of the United States which is not controlled by non-U.S. citizens. If no
successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and shall
have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving
of notice of resignation or the Majority Banks' removal of the retiring Agent,
then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, after consultation with
NPDC but without its consent, appoint a successor Agent which shall be one of
the Banks which is organized under the laws of the United States and which is
not controlled by any non-U.S. citizen. Upon the acceptance of any appointment
as Agent hereunder or under the Security Documents by a successor Agent, such
successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under
the Security Documents. If no successor Agent is appointed in accordance with
the previous provisions of this Section 9.8, the Agent may, in its sole
discretion, either continue to act as Agent hereunder or assign all of its
rights and delegate all of its obligations under this Agreement to the Banks.
After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, or
assignment and delegation pursuant to the preceding sentence, the provisions of
this Article 9 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent and
shall survive the payment of the Notes and other Obligations and termination of
this Agreement.
Section 9.9 Sharing of Collateral and Payments.
In the event that any Bank shall obtain payment in respect of a Note or
Reimbursement Obligation, or interest thereon, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, other than through the exercise of a right of banker's lien,
set-off, counterclaim or similar right which shall be subject to Section 2.19,
in a greater proportion than any such payment obtained by any other Bank in
respect of the corresponding Note or Reimbursement Obligation held by it, then
the Bank so receiving such greater proportionate payment shall purchase for cash
from the other Bank or Banks such portion of each such other Bank's or Banks'
Loan or Reimbursement Obligations as shall be necessary to cause such Bank
receiving the proportionate overpayment to share the excess payment with each
Bank; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter recovered from the Bank that received the proportionate overpayment,
such purchase of Loans or Reimbursement Obligations shall be rescinded, and the
purchase price returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
Section 9.10 Survival.
The provisions of Article 9 shall survive payment of the Notes and other
Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
Article 10. Miscellaneous Provisions.
Section 10.1 Fees and Expenses; Indemnity.
(a) The Borrowers will promptly pay all costs of the Agent in preparing
the Loan Documents and all costs and expenses of the issue of the Notes and of
the Borrowers' and the other Loan Parties' performance of and compliance with
all agreements and conditions contained herein on its part to be performed or
complied with (including, without limitation, all costs of filing or recording
any assignments, mortgages, financing statements and other documents), and the
reasonable fees and expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Agent in
connection with: (i) the preparation, execution and delivery, administration,
interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
all other agreements, instruments and documents relating to this transaction,
(ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by all such documents,
(iii) the preservation of all rights of the Banks and the Agent, (iv) the
negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of any amendment, modification
or supplement of or to, or any consent or waiver under, any such document (or
any such instrument that is proposed but not executed and delivered) and (v) any
claim or action threatened, made or brought against any of the Banks or the
Agent arising out of or relating to any extent to this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(b) In addition, the Borrowers will promptly pay all costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
suffered or incurred by the Agent and each Bank in connection with its
enforcement of the payment of the Notes held by it or any other sum due to it
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its other
rights hereunder or thereunder.
(c) In addition to the foregoing, the Borrowers shall indemnify each Bank
and the Agent and each of their respective present and future directors,
officers, employees, attorneys, agents and Affiliates against, and hold each of
them harmless from, any loss, liabilities, damages, claims, costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) suffered or incurred by
any of them arising out of, resulting from or in any manner connected with, the
execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents, the Loans,
the other Obligations, the Letters of Credit and any and all transactions
related to or consummated in connection with the Loans, the other Obligations or
Letters of Credit, including, without limitation, losses, liabilities, damages,
claims, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by any Bank or the Agent or any
of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents or
Affiliates arising out of or related to any Environmental Matter, Environmental
Liability or Environmental Proceeding, or in investigating, preparing for,
defending against, or providing evidence, producing documents or taking any
other action in respect of any commenced or threatened litigation,
administrative proceeding or investigation, regardless of whether or not any
such indemnified Person is a party thereto or target thereof, whether under any
federal securities law or any other statute of any jurisdiction, or any
regulation, or at common law or otherwise, including, without limitation, any
thereof that is alleged to arise out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact of any Borrower and
its Affiliates in any document or schedule filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any other governmental body; (ii) any omission or alleged
omission to state any material fact required to be stated in such document or
schedule, or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which made, not misleading; (iii) any acts, practices or
omissions or alleged acts, practices or omissions of any Borrower or its agents
related to the making of any acquisition, purchase of shares or assets pursuant
thereto, financing of such purchases or the consummation of any other
transactions contemplated by any such acquisitions; or (iv) any withdrawals,
termination or cancellation of any such proposed acquisition for any reason
whatsoever, provided that no Borrower shall have any liability or obligation
hereunder to any Bank or indemnified Person with respect to any indemnified
liability arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Bank
or Person.
<PAGE>
(d) The indemnity set forth herein shall be in addition to any other
obligations or liabilities of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Banks hereunder
or at common law or otherwise. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive
the payment of the Notes and other Obligations and the termination of this
Agreement.
(e) If, and to the extent that the obligations of any Borrower under this
Section 10.1 are unenforceable for any reason, such Borrower hereby agrees to
make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations
that is permissible under applicable law.
Section 10.2 Taxes.
(a) If, under any law in effect on the date of the closing of any Loan or
issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder, or under any retroactive provision
of any law subsequently enacted, it shall be determined that any Federal, state
or local tax is payable in respect of the issuance of any Note or execution of
any Loan Document, or in connection with the filing or recording of any
assignments, mortgages, financing statements, or other documents (whether
measured by the amount of indebtedness secured or otherwise) as contemplated by
this Agreement, then the Borrowers will pay any such tax and all interest and
penalties, if any, and will indemnify the Banks and the Agent against and save
each of them harmless from any loss or damage resulting from or arising out of
the nonpayment or delay in payment of any such tax. If any such tax or taxes
shall be assessed or levied against any Bank or any other holder of a Note, such
Bank, or such other holder, as the case may be, may notify NPDC and make
immediate payment thereof, together with interest or penalties in connection
therewith, and shall thereupon be entitled to and shall receive immediate
reimbursement therefor from the Borrowers.
(b) Any and all payments made by each Borrower hereunder or under any Note
or any other Loan Document delivered hereunder shall be made free and clear of
and without deduction for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
but excluding net income taxes imposed by the United States of America or any
jurisdiction where a Bank's principal executive office or Applicable Lending
Office for the Loans and/or Letters of Credit is located (all such non-excluded
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being
hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If any Borrower shall be required by law to
deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any
Loan Document to any Bank, (i) the sum payable to such Bank shall be increased
as may be necessary so that, after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 10.2), such
Bank will receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such
deductions been required, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions and
(iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
<PAGE>
(c) The Borrowers will indemnify each Bank, within ten days after written
demand by such Bank, for the full amount of Taxes (including, without
limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section 10.2) paid by each Bank with respect to or for the account of any
Borrower relating to this Agreement or the Obligations, and any liability
(including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.
(d) After any payment of Taxes by any Borrower for the account of any
Bank, such Borrower will furnish to such Bank evidence of such payment promptly
after the making of such payment and, if available, the original or a certified
copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof promptly after receipt thereof.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the
covenants and agreements of the Borrowers in this Section 10.2 shall survive
payment of the Notes and other Obligations and the termination of this
Agreement.
Section 10.3 Notes.
Upon payment in full of any Note, the Bank holding such Note shall mark
the Note "Paid" and return it to NPDC.
Section 10.4 Survival of Agreements and Representations: Construction.
All agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive
the delivery of this Agreement and the Notes. The headings used in this
Agreement and the table of contents are for convenience only and shall not be
deemed to constitute a part hereof. All uses herein of the masculine gender or
of singular or plural terms shall be deemed to include uses of the feminine or
neuter gender, or plural or singular terms, as the context may require. The term
"includes", "included" and "including" are not limiting.
Section 10.5 Lien on and Set-off of Deposits.
As security for the due payment and performance of all the
Obligations, each of the Borrowers hereby grants to each Bank and the Agent
for the ratable benefit of the Banks a Lien on any and all deposits or other
sums at any time credited by or due from the Agent or any Bank to such
Borrower, whether in regular or special depository accounts or otherwise,
and any and all monies, securities and other property of such Borrower, and
the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to
any Bank or the Agent from or for such Borrower, whether for safekeeping,
custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise, and any such deposits,
sums, monies, securities and other property, may at any time after the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default be set-off,
appropriated and applied by any Bank or the Agent against any of the
Obligations, whether or not any of such Obligations is then due or is secured
by any collateral, or, if it is so secured, whether or not the collateral
held by the Agent is considered to be adequate.
<PAGE>
Section 10.6 Modifications, Consents and Waivers: Entire Agreement.
(a) No modification, amendment or waiver of or with respect to any
provision of this Agreement, any Notes, the Security Documents, or any of the
other Loan Documents or any other agreements, instruments and documents
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, nor consent to any departure by any
Borrower from any of the terms or conditions thereof, shall in any event be
effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Majority
Banks except that: (i) any amendment, modification, consent or waiver that has
the effect of reducing the rate or amount, or extending the stated maturity or
due date, of any sum payable hereunder to any Bank, or releasing any Collateral
except as permitted herein or in any Loan Document, or changing the definition
of Total Commitment, Commitment, Commitment Percentage, Letter of Credit
Commitment, Majority Banks, this Section 10.6(a), any provision of this
Agreement requiring approval or concurrence of all Banks, or the obligation of
Banks to purchase participations in Letters of Credit shall be signed or
approved in writing by all Banks, (ii) any amendment, modification, consent or
waiver affecting the rights or obligations of the Agent under Article 9 hereof
or Fleet, as issuer of Letters of Credit, shall be signed or approved in writing
by the Agent or Fleet, as the case may be, and (iii) any modification or
amendment of, or waiver or consent with respect to, Article 4 may be signed only
by the Agent and the Majority Banks (provided, however, that the consummation of
a Loan or issuance of (or participation in) a Letter of Credit by a Bank shall
be deemed, with respect to such Loan or Letter of Credit only, to have the
effect of the execution by such Bank and, in the case of a Letter of Credit, the
Banks participating in such Letter of Credit of a waiver of, or consent to a
departure from, any term or provision of Article 4 that has not been satisfied
as of the date of the consummation of such Loan or issuance of a Letter of
Credit).
(b) Any such waiver or consent provided for in Section 10.6(a) shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
(c) No consent to or demand on any Borrower in any case shall, of itself,
entitle it to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other
circumstances. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire
agreement and understanding among the Banks, the Agent and the Borrowers and
supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter
hereof.
(d) THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT (AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) REPRESENTS THE
FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO THE MATTERS COVERED
HEREBY AND THEREBY AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.
Section 10.7 Remedies Cumulative.
Each and every right granted to the Agent and the Banks hereunder or under
any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it
by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof or thereof and applicable law. No failure on
the part of the Agent or any Bank or the holder of any Note to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right preclude any other or future exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right. The due payment and performance of
the Obligations shall be without regard to any counterclaim, right of offset or
any other claim whatsoever that any Borrower may have against any Bank or the
Agent and without regard to any other obligation of any nature whatsoever that
any Bank or the Agent may have to any Borrower, and no such counterclaim or
offset shall be asserted by any Borrower in any action, suit or proceeding
instituted by any Bank or the Agent for payment or performance of the
Obligations.
Section 10.8 Further Assurances.
At any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Agent or the
Majority Banks, the Borrowers shall execute, deliver and acknowledge or cause to
be executed, delivered and acknowledged, such further documents and instruments
and do such other acts and things as the Agent or the Majority Banks may
reasonably request in order to fully effect the purposes of this Agreement, the
other Loan Documents and any other agreements, instruments and documents
delivered pursuant hereto or in connection with the Loans or Letters of Credit.
Section 10.9 Notices.
All notices, requests, reports and other communications pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in writing, either by letter (delivered by hand or commercial
messenger service or sent by certified U.S. mail, return receipt requested,
except for routine reports delivered in compliance with Article 5 hereof which
may be sent by ordinary first-class mail) or telegram or telecopy, addressed as
follows:
(a) If to any or all of the Borrowers:
National Patent Development Corporation
9 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Lawrence M. Gordon, Esq.
Telecopier No.: (212) 230-9545
with a copy to:
Duane, Morris & Heckscher
122 East 42nd Street
New York, NY 10168
Attention: Robert J. Hasday, Esq.
Telecopier No.: (212) 692-1020
(b) If to any Bank:
To its address set forth below its name on the signature pages hereof or
set forth in an Assignment and Acceptance, with a copy to the Agent; and
<PAGE>
(c)(c) If to the Agent:
Fleet Bank, National Association
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Ms. Barbara Ruud
Telecopier No.: (212)703-1724
with a copy (other than in the case of Borrowing Notices and reports and
other documents delivered in compliance with Article 5 hereof) to:
Sullivan & Worcester LLP
767 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Paul R. Wiener, Esq.
Telecopier No.: (212)758-2151
Any notice, request or communication hereunder shall be deemed to have
been given on the day on which it is telecopied to such party at the telecopier
number specified above or delivered by hand or such commercial messenger service
to such party at its address specified above, or, if sent by mail, on the third
Business Day after the day deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or in
the case of telegraphic notice, when delivered to the telegraph company,
addressed as aforesaid. Any party may change the person, address or telecopier
number to whom or which notices are to be given hereunder, by notice duly given
hereunder; provided, however, that any such notice of such change shall be
deemed to have been given hereunder only when actually received by the party to
which it is addressed.
Section 10.10 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
Section 10.11 Severability.
The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any clause or
provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in
any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only
such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction and shall not in
any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any
other clause or provision in this Agreement in any jurisdiction. Each of the
covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement is independent
and compliance by the Borrowers with any of them shall not excuse non-compliance
by the Borrowers with any other. All covenants hereunder shall be given
independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted
by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception
to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid
the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or
condition exists.
<PAGE>
Section 10.12 Binding Effect; No Assignment or Delegation by Borrower.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrowers and their respective successors and to the benefit of the Banks and
the Agent and their respective successors and assigns. The rights and
obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement shall not be assigned or
delegated without the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, and any
purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be void. Nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than the Borrowers
and their respective successors and assigns any right to insist on or to enforce
the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein. All
conditions to the obligations of the Banks to make the Loans and to issue or
participate in Letters of Credit hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively
for the benefit of the Banks and their respective successors and assigns, and no
other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in
accordance with their terms and no other Person shall under any circumstances be
deemed to be beneficiary of such conditions.
Section 10.13 Assignments and Participations by Banks.
(a) Each Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a
portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment,
its participation in Letters of Credit, the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations
owing to it, and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that: (i) the
assigning Bank shall have given to the Agent and NPDC ten (10) days' prior
notice of such assignment, (ii) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and
not a varying, percentage of all of the assigning Bank's rights and obligations
under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, (iii) except in the case of an
assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such assignment, was a Bank or
an assignment of all of a Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and
the Loan Documents, the amount of the Commitment, Loans, Letter of Credit
participations and Reimbursement Obligations of the assigning Bank being
assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the
Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be
less than $2,500,000 (or such lesser amount as shall then be outstanding) and
shall be an integral multiple of $500,000, (iv) each such assignment shall be to
an Eligible Assignee and (v) no such assignment shall be effective until a
transfer fee in the amount of $2,000 shall be paid to the Agent by the Eligible
Assignee. Upon execution, delivery, acceptance and recording with the Agent in
the register referred to in Section 8.13(c)(ii) of the Assignment and Acceptance
with respect to any assignment, from and after the effective date specified in
such Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least 5
Business Days after the execution thereof: (x) the assignee thereunder shall be
a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have
been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights
and obligations of a Bank hereunder, and (y) the Bank assignor thereunder shall,
to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning
Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Bank shall cease to be
a party hereto).
<PAGE>
(b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the Bank
assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each
other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in
such Assignment and Acceptance, such assignment is without recourse and such
assigning Bank and the Agent make no representation or warranty of any nature
and assume no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii)
such assigning Bank and the Agent make no representation or warranty and assume
no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrowers or
the performance or observance by the Borrowers of any of its obligations under
this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;
(iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement,
together with copies of such financial statements and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Bank or any
other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion
under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together
with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii)
such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of
the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be
performed by it as a Bank.
(c) (i) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an
assigning Bank and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee,
together with any Note subject to such assignment, the Agent shall: (A) accept
such Assignment and Acceptance, (B) record the information contained therein in
the register referred to in Section 8.17(c)(ii), and (C) give prompt notice
thereof to NPDC. Within five Business Days after NPDC's receipt of such notice,
the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in
exchange for each surrendered Note a new Note to the order of such Eligible
Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Bank has retained a Commitment
hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to
the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or Notes shall be in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such
surrendered Note or Notes, shall be appropriately dated so that no gain or loss
of interest results and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of Exhibit
A-1 hereto.
(ii) The Agent shall maintain at the Principal Office a copy of each
Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks, their Commitments and the
principal amount of the Obligations to the Banks (the "Register"). The entries
in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
manifest error, and each Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each Person
whose name is recorded in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers
or any Bank at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.
(d) If an Eligible Assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the
United States or a state thereof, it shall, prior to the first date on which
interest or Fees are payable hereunder for its account, deliver to the Borrowers
and the Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any
United States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 2.26.
<PAGE>
(e) Each Bank may sell participations to one or more banks or other
entities (other than any Borrower or its Subsidiaries) in all or a portion of
its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation,
all or a portion of its Commitment, its participation in Letters of Credit, the
Loans and Reimbursement Obligations owing to it, and the Notes held by it);
provided, however, that: (i) such Bank's obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) shall remain
unchanged, (ii) such Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Bank shall remain the
holder of any such Note or Notes for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the
Borrowers, the Agent and the other Banks shall continue to deal solely and
directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and obligations
under this Agreement, and (v) no participant under any such participation shall
have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any Note, or any consent to any departure by the Borrowers
therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would
reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any Fees or other amounts
payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or
postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the
Notes or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent
subject to such participation.
(f) Any Bank may, in connection with any assignment or participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.13, disclose to
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information
relating to the Borrowers furnished to such Bank by or on behalf of the
Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the
confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Borrowers
received by it from such Bank.
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any
Bank may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its
rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Obligations
owing to it and the Note held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in
accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.
Section 10.14 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY
JURY.
(a) THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS AND
INSTRUMENTS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND THEREWITH, SHALL
BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS RULES PERTAINING TO CONFLICTS OF
LAWS.
<PAGE>
(b) EACH BORROWER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING
AGAINST IT UNDER, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY MANNER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND
EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AS THE AGENT OR MAJORITY BANKS MAY ELECT. EACH BORROWER, BY
THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY ASSENTS
AND SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF ANY OF SUCH COURTS IN ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING AND AGREES THAT SUCH JURISDICTION SHALL BE EXCLUSIVE,
UNLESS WAIVED BY THE MAJORITY BANKS, WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY IT AGAINST THE AGENT OR ANY BANK IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY CLAIM OF USURY), PROVIDED THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT PROHIBIT
EACH BORROWER FROM, BY AFFIRMATIVE DEFENSE OR MANDATORY COUNTERCLAIM, DEFENDING
OR ASSERTING ITS INTEREST IN ANY SUCH ACTION BROUGHT AGAINST IT OUTSIDE SUCH
COURTS IN NEW YORK. EACH BORROWER AGREES THAT SECTION 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH BORROWER FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE
SERVICE OF ANY COMPLAINT, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR OTHER PROCESS RELATING TO ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY DELIVERY THEREOF TO IT BY HAND OR BY MAIL IN THE MANNER
PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 10.9 HEREOF. EACH BORROWER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OR DEFENSE IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED
ON ANY ALLEGED LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON
CONVENIENS OR ANY SIMILAR BASIS. EACH BORROWER SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED IN ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ASSERT ANY DEFENSE GIVEN OR ALLOWED UNDER THE LAWS OF
ANY STATE OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK UNLESS SUCH DEFENSE IS ALSO GIVEN OR
ALLOWED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 10.14
SHALL AFFECT OR IMPAIR IN ANY MANNER OR TO ANY EXTENT THE RIGHT OF ANY BANK TO
COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY BORROWER IN ANY
JURISDICTION OR TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
(c) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE LAST SENTENCE OF SECTION
10.14(b), ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY
COLLATERAL MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE OPTION OF THE MAJORITY BANKS, IN THE COURTS OF
ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL MAY BE LOCATED.
(d) EACH BORROWER, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF,
THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT
DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE
VALIDITY, PROTECTION, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR
THEREOF OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (ORAL OR
WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE AGENT, ANY BANK OR THE BORROWERS. EACH BORROWER
ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THIS SECTION
10.14(d) AND EACH OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH LOAN DOCUMENT TO
WHICH IT IS A PARTY AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS SECTION 10.14(d) IS A MATERIAL
INDUCEMENT FOR THE AGENT AND THE BANKS ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
Section 10.15 Confidentiality.
Each Bank agrees to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in
accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information
of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any
non-public information supplied to it by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement
which is identified by such Borrower as being confidential at the time the same
is delivered to such Bank, provided, that nothing herein shall limit the
disclosure of any such information (i) to the extent required by statute, rule,
regulation or judicial process, (ii) to counsel to such Bank, (iii) to bank
examiners, auditors or accountants, (iv) in connection with any litigation to
which such Bank is a party or (v) to any assignee or participant (or prospective
assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or participant (or prospective
assignee or participant) is notified of the confidentiality provisions in this
Section 10.15. In no event shall any Bank be obligated or required to return any
materials furnished by any Borrower.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the date first above written.
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT GP ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC.
CORPORATION
By_________________________ By_____________________________
GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION GENERAL PHYSICS FEDERAL SYSTEMS, INC.
By_________________________ By__________________________________
MXL INDUSTRIES, INC.
By _________________________________
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitment:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
$12,500,000
Commitment Percentage:
50%
Letter of Credit Commitment:
$500,000
FLEET BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Agent and a Bank
BY___________________________
Title
Lending Office for Prime Rate Loans:
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Ms. Barbara Ruud
Telecopier: (212)703-1724
Lending Office for Fixed Rate Loans:
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Ms. Barbara Ruud
Telecopier: (212)703-1724
Address for Notices:
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Ms. Barbara Ruud
Telecopier: (212)703-1724
<PAGE>
Commitment:
$7,500,000
Letter of Credit Commitment:
$300,000
Commitment Percentage:
30%
SUMMIT BANK
BY___________________________
Title
Lending Office for Prime Rate Loans:
_____________________________
_____________________________
Attention: _________________
Telecopier: _________________
Lending Office for Fixed Rate Loans:
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________
Address for Notices:
___________________________
___________________________
Attention: _______________
Telecopier: _______________
<PAGE>
Commitment:
$5,000,000
Letter of Credit Commitment:
$200,000
Commitment Percentage:
20%
THE DIME SAVINGS BANK OF NEW YORK, FSB
BY___________________________
Title
Lending Office for Prime Rate Loans:
_____________________________
_____________________________
Attention: _________________
Telecopier: _________________
Lending Office for Fixed Rate Loans:
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________
Address for Notices:
___________________________
___________________________
Attention: _______________
Telecopier: _______________
<PAGE>
Exhibits
A-1. Form of Note
A-2. Form of Security Agreement
A-3. Subordination Agreement
A-4. NPDC/GPC Subordination Agreement
A-5. Intercreditor Agreement with Five Star Agent
B. States of Incorporation and Qualification, and Capitalization and
Ownership of Stock, of Borrower and Subsidiaries
C. Consents, Waivers, Approvals; Violation of Agreements
D. Permitted Security Interests, Liens and Encumbrances
E. Judgments, Actions, Proceedings
F. Defaults; Compliance with Laws, Regulations, Agreements
G. Burdensome Documents
H. Patents, Trademarks, Trade Names, Service Marks, Copyrights
I. Name Changes, Mergers, Acquisitions; Location of Collateral
J. Labor Disputes; Collective Bargaining Agreements; Employee Grievances
K. Pension Plans
L. Borrowing Base Certificate
M. Permitted Indebtedness and Guaranties
N. Permitted Investments
O. ERISA Obligations
P. Affiliate Licenses, etc.
Q. Form of Assignment and Acceptance
R. Form of Compliance Certification
Schedules
2.8 Existing Letters of Credit
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Jurisdiction
of
Name Incorporation
General Physics Corporation Delaware
Five Star Group, Inc. Delaware
SGLG, Inc.* Delaware
MXL Industries, Inc. Delaware
*Less than 100% owned by the Registrant
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(No. 333-20815) and (No. 33-54407) on Form S-3 and the Registration Statement
(No. 33-26261) on Form S-8 of National Patent Development Corporation and
subsidiaries of our report dated March 26, 1997 relating to the consolidated
balance sheets of National Patent Development Corporation as of December 31,
1996 and 1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1996, which report appears in Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996 of National Patent Development Corporation.
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
New York, New York
March 31, 1997
